You are on page 1of 208

®

SYMAP
-

Power Protection
Monitoring
Diesel Control
Power Management

Service Manual

Service Manual

FOR THIS DOCUMENT WE RESERVE ALL RIGHTS.
WITHOUT OUR CONSENT IN WRITING IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED
BY ANY MEANS NOR BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THIRD PARTIES.
ANY VIOLATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO CRIMINAL PROSECUTION.
THE CONTENT OF THIS MANUAL IS FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY.
THE CONTENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT
BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH.
STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY
FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS DOCUMENTATION.

Version:
File:

08.12.2011 (JH)
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

Firmware:
-

- 2/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

CU:
MU:
RU:

1.10 / 17.02.2009
1.10 / 02.09.2009
1.10 / 08.11.2006

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Table of content
1 Parameter settings introduction.............................................................................................. 5
1.1
Change of settings .......................................................................................................... 5
1.2
Event system introduction ............................................................................................... 5
1.3
Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y ............................................................... 6
2 System settings ...................................................................................................................... 11
2.1
Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12
2.2
General Parameter ....................................................................................................... 13
2.3
Nominal Ratio Values ................................................................................................... 20
2.4
Communication ............................................................................................................. 24
2.5
Analog Inputs ................................................................................................................ 29
2.5.1
PT100 Inputs ................................................................................................................ 32
2.6
Binary Inputs ................................................................................................................. 35
2.6.1
Wire fault alarm............................................................................................................. 37
2.7
Analogous Outputs ....................................................................................................... 38
2.8
Binary Outputs .............................................................................................................. 41
2.8.1
Shunt #1 output ............................................................................................................ 41
2.8.2
Shunt #2 output ............................................................................................................ 42
2.8.3
Lockout relay ................................................................................................................ 43
2.8.4
Synchron ON output ..................................................................................................... 44
2.8.5
Function outputs ........................................................................................................... 45
2.9
Event Builder ................................................................................................................ 46
2.10
Power management (main menu) ................................................................................. 47
2.10.1
General PM Parameter ................................................................................................. 48
2.10.2
Power management ...................................................................................................... 55
2.10.3
Load sharing ................................................................................................................. 59
2.10.4
Frequency controller ..................................................................................................... 64
2.10.5
Voltage regulator .......................................................................................................... 68
Power factor controller .................................................................................................. 71
2.10.6
2.10.7
Big consumer request (BCR) ........................................................................................ 73
2.10.8
Blackout ........................................................................................................................ 76
2.10.9
Engine control ............................................................................................................... 80
2.10.10 Starting phase............................................................................................................... 83
2.10.11 Stopping phase ............................................................................................................. 86
2.10.12 Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition ............................................................. 91
2.10.13 Additional limits ............................................................................................................. 94
3 Relay settings ......................................................................................................................... 97
3.1
ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty) ........................................................................ 99
3.2
ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay .................................................................................. 105
3.3
ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing ....................................................................... 106
3.4
ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay ................................................................................... 114
3.5
ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay .......................................................................... 116
3.6
ANSI 32 – Overload Relay .......................................................................................... 117
3.7
ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor) ....................................................................... 119
3.8
ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay ......................................................................... 120
3.9
ANSI 46 – Negative Sequence Relay.......................................................................... 122
3.10
ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay ................................................................... 125
3.11
ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload ...................................................................................... 126
3.11.1
Thermal overload I (general) ....................................................................................... 126
3.11.2
Thermal overload II (user) ........................................................................................... 129
3.11.3
Thermal overload III (interval) ..................................................................................... 131
3.12
ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure ..................................................................................... 132
3.13
ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay ................................................................. 133
3.14
ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay............................................... 135
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 3/208 -

Service Manual

3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38

ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay .......................................................................... 137
ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay ........................................................ 141
ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor ........................................................................................ 143
ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay ....................................................................................... 145
ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay ............................................................................ 147
ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay ................................................................... 148
ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors................................................................................ 150
ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay .............................................................. 151
ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay.......................................... 155
ANSI 78 – Vector surge/dF/dt supervision relay .......................................................... 158
ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping .................................................................................... 160
ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay ...................................................................................... 163
ANSI 81 – Frequency relay ......................................................................................... 166
ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay ............................................................................... 169
ANSI 86 – Lockout relay ............................................................................................. 171
ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay ........................................................................ 172
ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection .................................................................... 176
ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay.......................................................................... 180
ANSI 94 – Supervision relay ....................................................................................... 183
ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay ................................................................................ 187
ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages) ............................................................................... 189
Auxiliary limits ............................................................................................................. 191
ANSI CW Contact wear measurement ....................................................................... 193
ANSI FL Fault Locator................................................................................................ 197

4 Alarm controller settings ..................................................................................................... 199
5 Special parameters .............................................................................................................. 203
6 Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting ............................................................................... 205

- 4/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1 Parameter settings introduction
1.1

Change of settings

All settings can be easily set or changed directly with the front panel keys of SYMAP® without any
additional programming device or laptop computer. A menu tree structure offers easy access to the
functions. To change a setting or to set new settings, first select the parameter with the Up-key and
Down-key and then press the Enter-key. The requested digit can be selected by using the Left-key
and Right-key. The digit can be changed by pressing the Up-key and Down-key. After finishing the
change of values (numbers) or text declaration, such as “ON” or “OFF”, press the Enter-key. The
next parameter may now be selected by pressing the Up-key and the Down key.

1.2

Event system introduction

The event system of the device gives the user the possibility to realize his own applications. With
events all functions of the device can be activated or deactivated. An event is an internal logical
representation of a device process. The event system offers sources and sinks of events.
The event sources have fixed unique event numbers. These event numbers became active
(logically “True”) if the condition related to this event is fulfilled (e.g. a limit is reached), otherwise
inactive (logically “False”).
The event sinks are linked to fixed processes or fixed functions and can be programmed by the
user. The user can build a link between the source and the sink by setting an event source number
to an event sink number. The sink (function) became active if the related source became also
active.
NOTE:

Some modules are sinks and sources at the same time, e.g. all binary outputs are sinks
and will be activated by source events. But every binary output produces himself again
source events when he becomes active. The same is valid for alarms and all event
builder elements.
The source events can be combined over logic modules (event builder) which produce
new source events.

Examples:

The ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing unit 1 should be activated by a binary input (Function 20).
The binary input is an event source and the Sync. unit is an event sink. The event
number related to the input is [0521].
This number must be set on parameter [1000] (SYNC. UNIT 1 active by: [0521]) by the
user. Then Function 20 activates the Sync. unit 1.

The ANSI 50 overcurrent relay should open a circuit breaker over a binary output (Shunt
#1). ANSI 50 is an event source and the binary output an event sink (respectively a
source). One event number related to ANSI 50 is [1402] (1.limit reached and delay
passed).
This number must be set on Shunt #1 (e.g. 01: [1402]). Then a measured current value
will open a circuit breaker.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 5/208 -

Figure 1-1

- 6/208 -

(A)

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

ENTER
MENU

(B)

ENTER
MENU

(B)

(C)

(C)

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

F4

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

(A)

PROCESS

METERS

EXIT

PROCESS

ENTER
MENU

F4

EXIT

ALARM PAGE
GROUPS
EVENTS
EVENT HISTORY
DETAILED PROT. HISTORY
INTERLOCK PAGE
SYTEMFAIL PAGE

Active alarms
Alarms
Active
Alarm groups
Active events
Event history
Detailed history
Interlock page
Systemfail page

ALARMS

ENTER
MENU

METERS OVERVIEW
CURRENT METERS
VOLTAGE METERS
POWER METERS
COUNTER
GROUND VALUES
HARMONIC WAVES
FREQUENCY METER
ANALOG INPUTS
DISPLAY SETTING

Overview
Overview
Current meters
Voltage meters
Power meters
Counter
Ground values
Harmonic waves
Frequency meters
Analog inputs
Display setting

ALARM/EVENT LIST

F2
ALARMS
F1
METERS

(B)

ALARMS

(A)

(C)

ENTER
MENU

F4

EXIT

SYNCHRONISING PAGE
BREAKER COUNTER

Synchronizer
Synchronizer
Breaker counter

METERS

ENTER
MENU

PROCESS LIST

F3
PROCESS

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

METERS LIST

PROCESS

ALARMS

METERS

F1
METERS

DISPLAY

F4

Profibus DP

MODBUS (RS422)

MODBUS

(2)

1.3

ENTER
MENU

(1)

Service Manual

Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y

Menu navigation – part 1

SYMAP

®

(1)

(2)

SYMAP

®

Figure 1-2
ENTER
MENU

ANWENDUNGEN

SYSTEM CONTROL

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc
EXIT

EXIT

F4

ENTER
MENU

ENTER
MENU

SCHALTER------------------------------SCHALTER
SCHALTER
Betrieb ---------------:„LOCAL“
„LOCAL“
Betrieb
:„LOCAL“
Betrieb
:
„REMOTE“
Prozess : :„AUTO“
„AUTO“
Prozess
Prozess
:
„AUTO“
Zustand : :„ENTRIEG.“
„ENTRIEG.“
Zustand
Zustand
:
„ENTRIEG.“
Recloser : :„AUS“
„AUS“
Recloser
Recloser
:------------------„AUS“
SYSTEM------------------SYSTEM
SYSTEM
------------------Pieper : :„AUS“
„AUS“
Pieper
Pieper
Heizer : :„AUS“
:„EIN“
„EIN“
Heizer
Heizer
:
„EIN“
LOCKOUT------------------------------LOCKOUT
LOCKOUT
Zustand ---------------:„ZU“
„ZU“
Zustand
:„ZU“
Zustand
:
Löschen : :------Löschen
Löschen
: ----

VERSION
VERSION

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

BREAKER ---------------mode
Betrieb : „LOCAL“
process : „AUTO“
state
: „UNLOCKED.“
recloser : „OFF“
SYSTEM -----------------beeper : „OFF“
heater : „ON“
LOCKOUT ---------------state
: „CLOSED“
Reset
: ----

APPLIC:

SYSTEM

ENTER
MENU

ENTER PASSWORD!
****

F2
ALARMS

CONTROL

VERSION
VERSION

: „none“

„6"
: „none“

ENTER
MENU

(1)

F4

EXIT

(3)

Service Manual

Menu navigation – part 2

- 7/208 -

- 8/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

(1)

ENTER
MENU

(E)

(F)
F4

F3
PROCESS

(D)

F1
METERS

EXIT

F4

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

BACK

RELAY

EXIT

ALARMS

(E)

(F)

F2
ALARMS

ALARMS

ENTER
MENU

F4

F3
PROCESS

(D)

F1
METERS

F4

EXIT

RELAY

BACK

(F)

(E)

F2
ALARMS

SYSTEM

F4

EXIT

Select :
ALARMCHANNEL
CHANNELEVENT
EVENT – Select
Select
„01"
Select
ALARM
Select
„01"
ALARM
CHANNEL
EVENT ––Text“)
Select
::
„01"
-1.1.line:
line:
(„editierbarer
(„editierbarer
Text“)
- -1.
line:
(„editable
text“)
- 2.line:
line:(„editierbarer
(„editierbarerText“)
Text“)
- -2.2.line:
(„editable-text“)
mode : :NO
NOACK
ACK
mode
- -mode
ACK
-trigger
trigger : :NO
:1505
1505
- -trigger
:
1505
-block
blockby
by: : 00
- -block
0 sec
-delay
delayby : : : 0.0
0.0
sec
- -delay
: : 0.083
sec
1.
group
LED
CONTROL
group: : 83
83
LEDCONTROL
CONTROL - -1.1.group
LED
ALARM:
1.
group
:
none
ALARM:
1.
group
:
none
ALARM:
TRIP:
- 1.
group : none
TRIP:
-priority
priority
:none
none
TRIP:
red:
- -priority
: :none
red:
red:
option
:none
none
amber:
option
:none
amber:
option
:
amber:
green:
-beeper
beeper : :OFF
OFF
green:
green:
- -beeper
: OFF

ALARM CHANNEL – SELECT:

F3
PROCESS

ALARMS

EXIT

00 Codes
Codes
01 General parametrers
02 Nominal ratio values
03 Communication
Serial number
04 Analogous inputs
****
05 Binary inputs
06 Analogous outputs Software vers.
CU:
07 Binary outputs
MU:
08 Event builder
RU:
09 Powermanagement

ANSI DEVICE LIST

SYSTEM

(motorpoti)
15 Matching device (motorpoti)
24
Overexcitation relay
25/A Synchronizing relay



95i Inrush blocking relay
FF Fuse Failure (voltages)
AL Auxiliary limits
CW Contact wear measurement
FL Fault Locator

ANSI DEVICE LIST

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

(D)

(1)

SYSTEM

F4

MAINPAGE

RELAY

F1
METERS

VIEW

F3
PROCESS

SETTING

……Parameters
...
…Parameter
Parameter...
...

Figure 1-3
……Parameters
...
… Parameter
Parameter ...
...

(3)

F4

EXIT

(1)

F4

EXIT

(4)

Service Manual

Menu navigation – part 3

SYMAP

®

®

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

(1)

(G)

(H)

F1
METERS

SYSTEM

(I)

F2
ALARMS

ALARME

ENTER
MENU

F4

ENDE

Parametrieren

F3
PROCESS

ZURüCK

ENTER
MENU

(motorpoti)
15 Matching device (motorpoti)
24
Overexcitation relay
25/A Synchronizing relay



95i Inrush blocking relay
FF Fuse Failure (voltages)
AL Auxiliary limits
CW Contact wear measurement
FL Fault Locator
ENTER
MENU

F4

ENDE

(G)

F1
METERS

SCHUTZ

(H)

(I)

F2
ALARMS

ALARME

ENTER
MENU

F4

ENDE

Parametrieren

F3
PROCESS

ZURüCK

ENTER
MENU

00 Codes
Codes
01 General parametrers
02 Nominal ratio values
03 Communication
Serial number
04 Analogous inputs
****
05 Binary inputs
06 Analogous outputs Software vers.
CU:
07 Binary outputs
MU:
08 Event builder
RU:
09 Powermanagement

SYSTEM PARAMETER

F2
ALARMS

F1
METERS

ANSI DEVICE LIST

SYSTEM

SCHUTZ

ENTER
MENU

PASSWORTEINGABE
****

F1
METERS

ÄNDERN

……Parameter
...
…Parameter
Parameter...
...

SYMAP
ENTER
MENU

F4

ENDE

……Parameter
...
… Parameter
Parameter ...
...

Figure 1-4
(I)

(G)

F1
METERS

SCHUTZ

ENTER
MENU

(H)

F2
ALARMS

SYSTEM

Parametrieren

F4

ENDE

ENTER
MENU

Select :
ALARMCHANNEL
CHANNELEVENT
EVENT – Select
Select
„01"
Select
ALARM
Select
„01"
ALARM
CHANNEL
EVENT ––Text“)
Select
::
„01"
-1.1.line:
line:
(„editierbarer
(„editierbarer
Text“)
- 1.
line:
(„editierbarer
Text“)
- 2.line:
line:(„editierbarer
(„editierbarerText“)
Text“)
- -2.2.line:
(„editierbarer
Text“): NO ACK
-mode
mode
: NOACK
ACK
- -mode
-trigger
trigger : :NO
:1505
1505
- -trigger
:
1505
-block
blockby
by: : 00
- -block
0 sec
-delay
delayby : : : 0.0
0.0
sec
- -delay
: : 0.083
sec
group
LEDCONTROL
CONTROL - -1.1.group
:
83
LED
- 1.
group
:
83
LED
CONTROL
ALARM:
-1.1.group
group :none
none
ALARM:
ALARM:
TRIP:
- -1.
group : :none
TRIP:
-priority
priority
:none
none
TRIP:
:none
red:
- -priority
:
red:
red:
-option
option : :none
none
amber:
amber:
- -option
:
none
amber:
green:
-beeper
beeper : :OFF
OFF
green:
green:
- -beeper
: OFF

ALARM CHANNEL – SELECT:

F3
PROCESS

ALARME

……Parameter
...
… Parameter
Parameter ...
...

(4)

F4

ENDE

(1)

F4

ENDE

(5)

Service Manual

Menu navigation – part 4

- 9/208 -

- 10/208 -

(1)

Systemstatus
Systemstatus
Testbox (I/O)
SSC-Transferstatus
SSC-MU/RU-Data
CAN-Transferstatus
Serial channel
Transponder
EEPROM status
EXT.board (ADCs)
Software
Relais driver
QS-Overview

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

ENTER
MENU

(1)

ENTER
MENU

-------------------------

ENTER
MENU

F3
PROCESS

F2
ALARMS
F1
METERS

F4

(H\02)

CAL.MODE

NOMINAL

DEFAULT

F4

EXIT

Calibration tolerance: 0,10 %
--Select----- ------Source------------Status—
Ugen/Igen 230.94 V / 1 A
I>>
10 A
Ubus
230.94 V
Ubus 2
none
Idiff
none
Ugnd1
none / none
Ignd1
1A / 5A
Uaux
60 Vdc
Shunt ½
60 Vdc /60 Vdc

ENTER
MENU

Calibrate

2.0 sec

00
100 %
100 %
100 %

Access only by
Stucke Electronic GmbH !

0009.
number ::
0009. Device serial number
0010. U1gen CAL. -X1/17 :
0011. U2gen CAL. -X1/19 :
0012. U3gen CAL. -X1/21 :



0092.
– PT 100
:

CALIBRATION PARAMETER

F1
METERS

CALIB-

-------------------------

EXIT

(DATA) SSC-Transferstatus
(DATA) SSC-MU/RU-Data
(DATA) CAN-Transferstatus
(DATA) Serial channel
(DATA) Transponder
(DATA) EEPROM status
(DATA) EXT.boards (ADCs)
(DATA) Software
(DATA) Relais driver
(DATA) QS-Overview

(DATA) Testbox (I/O)

(DATA) SYSTEM STATUS

F4

F3
PROCESS

SERVICE LIST

EXIT

SERVICE

ENTER
MENU

F3
PROCESS

BACK

ENTER
MENU

……Parameters
...
… Parameter
Parameter ...
...

Figure 1-5
F4

EXIT

ENTER
MENU

ENTER
MENU

Test/Parameter setting

----------------------------------------BIN. OUTPUT : Shunt#1
Cycles
: 1000
On-time
:
0.10 sec
Off-time
:
0.10 sec
Action: OFF ON CYCLE
---------------------- QS ------------KEYBOARD
:
OFF
LED CYCLE
:
OFF
BEEPER
:
OFF
I/O-test
:
OFF
Watchdog
:
OFF

F3
PROCESS

F2
ALARMS

TEST MODE

NVR-REST

TESTMODE

EXIT
F4

ENTER
MENU

……Parameters
...
… Parameter
Parameter ...
...

(5)

(1)

F4

EXIT

Service Manual

Menu navigation – part 5

SYMAP

®

Service Manual

2 System settings
Figure 2-1 shows the different system parameter groups.
SYSTEM PARAMETER
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09

Codes
General parameter
Nominal ratio values
Communication
Analogous inputs
Binary inputs
Analogous outputs
Binary outputs
Event builder
Power management

RELAY

ALARMS

EXIT

Figure 2-1 System parameter groups

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 11/208 -

Service Manual

2.1

Codes

The system codes are used to define access levels for the user (see figure 2-2).
CODES

Setting range:

0001. Breaker/system control :
0002. Settings w/o ev.builder:
0003. Master password
:

BACK

1111
1111
1111

0-9999
0-9999
0-9999

EXIT

Figure 2-2 Codes

Parameter description:
0001. Breaker/system control
:
Only for breaker or system control, not for change of settings
0002. Settings w/o ev.builder
:
For breaker or system control and for change of settings, but without codes and event
builder
0003. Master password
Access without restrictions

:

NOTE: The default codes have all the value 1111.
The passwords can be disabled by setting all 3 passwords (parameters [0001] to [0003]) to zero
(also for Types with Transponder). In this case the device is accessible only with a transponder
card or the Parameter Tool, and the access to this Codes setting page of the device is blocked.

- 12/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.2

General Parameter

The general parameters of SYMAP® contains the setting of the on-board real time clock, the
selection of the graphic mimic for the LC-Display and the definition of the corresponding circuitbreaker feedback signals (see figures 2-3 to 2-9).
Setting range:

GENERAL PARAMETER
0100.
0101.
0102.
0103.
0104.
0105.
0106.
0107.
0108.
0109.
0110.
0111.

TIME setting

- hours :
16
- minutes:
47
DATE setting - year
: 2003
– month :
10
- day
:
21
– format : YY.MM.DD
LANGUAGE
- select : ENGLISH
GRAPHIC TYPE – select :1B ES.F-O
Change main page
: OFF
Freq. average builder :
2.5 sec
Power average builder :
3.5 sec
Meters average builder : 10.0 sec

BACK
EXIT

0-24
0-60
2002-2040
0-12
0-31
D.M.Y, Y.M.D, M.D.Y
ENGLISH/GERMAN/FRENCH/RUSSIAN/…

(see Appendix A3)
OFF/Layout 1/Layout 2
0.0- 10.0 sec
0.0- 10.0 sec
0.0-999.9 sec

Figure 2-3 General Parameter-1

GENERAL PARAMETER
0112.
0113.
0114.
0115.
0116.
0117.
0118.
0119.
0120.
0121.
0122.
0123.

Check control access
:
BREAKER 1 –ON feedback :
–OFF feedback:
- ON->OFF control event
- OFF->ON control event
- IN feedback
:
- OUT feedback
:
- OUT->IN control event
- IN->OUT control event
– EARTH ON feedback
:
– EARTH OFF feedback
:
- EARTH->OFF ctrl.event
BACK

ON
500
0

0
0

0
0

EXIT

Setting range:
OFF/ON
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display
event display
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display
event display
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display

only
only

only
only

only

Figure 2-4 General Parameter-2

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 13/208 -

Service Manual

GENERAL PARAMETER
0124.
0125.
0126.
0127.
0128.
0129.
0130.
0131.
0132.
0133.
0134.
0135.

- OFF->EARTH ctrl.event
– ctrl. time (fail ev.):
BREAKER 2 –ON feedback :
–OFF feedback:
- ON->OFF control event
- OFF->ON control event
- IN feedback
:
- OUT feedback
:
- OUT->IN control event
- IN->OUT control event
– EARTH ON feedback
:
– EARTH OFF feedback
:
BACK


15.0 sec
502
0

0
0

504
0
EXIT

Setting range:
event display only
0.0-9999.9 sec
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display only
event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display only
event display only
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event

Figure 2-5 General Parameter-3

GENERAL PARAMETER
0136.
0137.
0138.
0139.
0140.
0141.
0142.
0143.
0144.
0145.
0146.
0147.

- EARTH->OFF ctrl.event
- OFF->EARTH ctrl.event
– ctrl. time (fail ev.):
BREAKER 3 –ON feedback :
–OFF feedback:
- ON->OFF control event
- OFF->ON control event
- IN feedback
:
- OUT feedback
:
- OUT->IN control event
- IN->OUT control event
– EARTH ON feedback
:
BACK


15.0 sec
0
0

0
0

0
EXIT

Setting range:
event display
event display
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display
event display
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
event display
event display
0-9999 Event

only
only

only
only

only
only

Figure 2-6 General Parameter-4

GENERAL PARAMETER
0148.
0149.
0150.
0151.
0152.
0153.
0154.
0155.
0156.
0157.
0158.
0159.

– EARTH OFF feedback
:
0
- EARTH->OFF ctrl.event
- OFF->EARTH ctrl.event
– ctrl. time (fail ev.): 15.0 sec
COUNTER - Working hours:
0 h
– cycle limit:
0 h
– Active power(fwd) P+ :
0
– Active power(rev) P- :
0
– React. power(cap) Q+ :
0
– React. power(ind) Q- :
0
– Breaker 1 ON cycles :
0
– EARTH cycles :
0

BACK
EXIT

Setting range:
0-9999 Event
event display only
event display only
0.0-999.9 sec
0-999999 hours
0-60000 hours
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-4294967280
0-65535
0-65535

Figure 2-7 General Parameter-5
- 14/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

GENERAL PARAMETER
0160.
0161.
0162.
0163.
0164.
0165.
0166.
0167.
0168.
0169.
0170.
0171.

– Breaker 2 ON cycles :
– EARTH cycles :
– Breaker 3 ON cycles :
– Breaker 1 ON max.cyc.:
– EARTH max.cyc.:
– Breaker 2 ON max.cyc.:
– EARTH max.cyc.:
– Breaker 3 ON max.cyc.:
– kWh-pulses (P+)
:
– kWh/pulse
:
– pulse duration:
CB CLOSED(Net) feedback:
BACK

Setting range:

0
0
0
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
ON
10
0.05 sec
0

EXIT

0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
0-65535
ON/OFF
0-65535
0.01-655.34 sec
0-9999 Event

Figure 2-8 General Parameter-6

GENERAL PARAMETER
0172.
0173.
0174.
0175.
0176.
0177.
0178.
0179.
2480.
2481.
2482.
2483.

REMOTE – ACK
:
Switch op.mode(loc/rem):
(P-) - kWh/pulse
:
- pulse duration :
(Q+) - kvarh/pulse
:
- pulse duration :
(Q-) - kvarh/pulse
:
- pulse duration :
Block ACK-key by event :
Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by :
Working hours limit 1 :
Working hours limit 2 :
BACK

Setting range:
526
0
0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0.00
0
0
0
0

sec
sec
sec
ev.
ev.
h
h

0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
0-65535
0.01-655.34 sec
0-65535
0.01-655.34 sec
0-65535
0.01-655.34 sec
0-9999 Event
0-9999 Event
0-65000 h
0-65000 h

EXIT

Figure 2-9 General Parameter-7

Parameter description:
0100. Time setting
- hours
:
Setting of hours of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs
automatically.
0101.

- minutes
:
Setting of minutes of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

0102. Date setting
- year
:
Setting of year of the integrated real time clock (RTC)
0103.

- month
:
Setting of month of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 15/208 -

Service Manual

0104.

- day
:
Setting of day of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

0105.

- format
Selection of shown format of the date

:

0106. LANGUAGE
- select
:
Actually available:
ENGLISH, GERMAN, FRENCH, RUSSIAN, SERBIAN, SPANISH and TURKISH.
The languages are valid for the user menu, not for the settings menu section (this section is
always in English).
0107. GRAPHIC TYPE
- select
:
Selection of the shown graphic (BUS and breaker arrangement). For details refer to the
Appendix A3.
0108. Change main page
:
With this parameter different layouts (with bar graphs) for the main page can be selected.
0109. Freq. average builder
:
Real average builder for the gen. freq. with max. 10 sec period. The builder influences all
processes related to the freq. (display, comm., analog outputs, PM…).
0110. Power average builder
:
Real average builder for the sum active power with max. 10 sec period. The builder
influences all processes related to the active power (display, power counter, PM…).
0111. Meters average builder
:
This parameter is valid both for all meter values displayed on all pages and on the 7segment displays and for those into communication transferred measured values. This
parameter does not affect the measured values for the protection. If the changing of a value
is below the deadband limit (parameter [0074], see chapter 5) the average builder will plane
the value (Exception: On the current meters page the column “average” is build always
even if the value is higher than the deadband limit).
0112. Check control access

:

“OFF”:

free breaker control over the front panel

“ON”:

password protected breaker control over the front panel

0113. BREAKER 1
-ON feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “ON” feedback
0114.

-OFF feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OFF” feedback

0115.

- ON−>OFF control event
:
Control event of the ON −> OFF switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker
control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0116.

- OFF−>ON control event
:
Control event of the OFF −> ON switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker
control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0117.

- IN feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “IN” position feedback

- 16/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0118.

- OUT feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OUT” position feedback

0119.

- OUT−>IN control event
:
Control event of the OUT −> IN position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by
“Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0120.

- IN−>OUT control event
:
Control event of the IN −> OUT position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by
“Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0121.

- EARTH ON feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH ON” position
feedback

0122.

- EARTH OFF feedback
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH OFF” position
feedback

0123.

- EARTH−>OFF ctrl. event
:
Control event of the EARTH −> OFF position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by
“Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0124.

- OFF->EARTH ctrl. event
:
Control event of the OFF −> EARTH position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by
“Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0125.

- ctrl. time (fail ev.)
:
Setting of supervision time (control time) of the maximum operation time of a switching
cycle or position movement of breaker 1; if the breaker does not reach the desired position
within this time event [0125] will become active (until ACK). Use this event to trigger an
alarm for an error message.

0126. BREAKER 2
-ON feedback
:
to
0138.
- ctrl. Time (fail ev.)
:
See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125])
0139. BREAKER 3
-ON feedback
:
to
0151. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.)
:
See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125])
0152. COUNTER
- Working hours
:
Setting of the counter of working hours. The counter is active if a Gen. frequency is
detected. The counter is also active if parameter [1930] is enabled and the CB is closed
(see ANSI - CW Contact wear measurement).
0153.

- cycle limit
:
The limit is enabled if P[0153] is greater zero. Event E[0153] will be activate for one impulse
if the internal counter reaches the limit of P[0153]. Than the internal counter will be reset to
zero and the counting starts again. The internal counter is stored nonvolatile.

0154.

- Active power (fwd) P+
:
Setting of the counter of active power (forward) Pw+ in kWh

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 17/208 -

Service Manual

0155.

- Active power (rev) P:
Setting of the counter of active power (reverse) Pw- in kWh

0156. - React. Power (cap) Q+
:
Setting of the counter of reactive power (capacitive) Pq+ in kvarh
0157.

- React. Power (ind) Q:
Setting of the counter of reactive power (inductive) Pq- in kvarh

0158.

- Breaker 1 ON cycles
:
Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 1

0159.

- EARTH cycles
:
Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 1

0160.

- Breaker 2 ON cycles
:
Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 2

0161.

- EARTH cycles
:
Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 2

0162.

- Breaker 3 ON cycles
:
Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 3

0163.

- Breaker 1 ON max.cyc.
:
Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 1 before next inspection

0164.

- EARTH max.cyc.
:
Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 1 before next inspection

0165.

- Breaker 2 ON max.cyc.
:
Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 2 before next inspection

0166.

- EARTH max.cyc.
:
Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 2 before next inspection

0167.

- Breaker 3 ON max.cyc.
:
Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 3 before next inspection

0168.

- kWh-pulses (P+)
:
Selection if the kWh-pulse function is switched “ON” or “OFF”

0169.

- kWh/pulse
Setting of kWh per counter pulse

0170.

- pulse duration
:
Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0170] to drive an binary output.

0171.

CB CLOSED (Net) feedback
:
This parameter is usable only for the PM (Device Type G). If this parameter is set and the
setted event is active the device has the status “CB CLOSED” (independent of the selected
graphic). The “CB” status depends on the graphic if parameter [0171] is not set.

:

0172. REMOTE ACK
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the remote acknowledgement.
0173. Switch op.mode (loc/rem)
:
Assignment of the belonging function input of the local/remote mode switch
- 18/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0174. (P-)
- kWh/pulse
:
Setting of kWh (revers active power) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0175.

- pulse duration
:
Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0175] to drive a binary output

0176. (Q+)
- kvarh/pulse
:
Setting of kvarh reactive power (capacitive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0177.

- pulse duration
:
Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0177] to drive a binary output

0178. (Q-)
- kvarh/pulse
:
Setting of kvarh reactive power (inductive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive)
0179.

- pulse duration
:
Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0179] to drive a binary output

2480. Block ACK-key by event
:
Blocks the ACK-key if the event is active (except the reset of the beeper)
2481. Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by
:
Disables all LEDs and LCD Backlight if the event is active.
2482. Working hours limit 1
:
2483. Working hours limit 2
:
If the working hours counter [0152] reaches these limits, the event numbers [2482] or
[2483] are getting active. The events will than remain active. The limits are disabled if the
parameters are set to zero.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 19/208 -

Service Manual

2.3

Nominal Ratio Values

With the nominal ratio values the user can select the different external transformer types (see
figures 2-10 to 2-12).
NOMINAL RATIO VALUES
0200.
0201.
0202.
0203.
0204.
0205.
0206.
0207.
0208.
0209.
0210.
0211.

NOMINAL RATED – Current:
– Voltage:
- Power :
– Frequency:
CT Feeder –primary side:
PT Feeder –primary side:
–secondary side:
PT BUS1
–primary side:
–secondary side:
PT BUS2
–primary side:
–secondary side:
PT GND1
–primary side:
BACK

Figure 2-10

Setting range:
1000
25400
35195
60
1000
25400
100
25400
100
25400
100
25400

A
V
kW
Hz
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

Nominal Ratio Values-1

–secondary side:
–primary side:
–secondary side:
CT GND1
-primary side:
–secondary side:
CT GND2
-primary side:
–secondary side:
CT DIFF
-primary side:
Transf. winding ratio :
Uaux nominal input
:
Shunt#1 nominal input :
Shunt#2 nominal input :
CT DIFF2 - primary side:
PT GND2

BACK
Figure 2-11

- 20/208 -

A
V
kW
Hz
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

EXIT

NOMINAL RATIO VALUES
0212.
0213.
0214.
0215.
0216.
0217.
0218.
0219.
0220.
0221.
0222.
0223.
0224.

0-65535
0-999999
0-999999
50/60
0-65535
0-999999
0-65535
0-999999
0-65535
0-999999
0-65535
0-999999

100 V
0 V
0 V
1000 A
5 A
0 A
0 A
0 A
1.00
110Vac
110Vac
110Vac
0 A ↓

Setting range:
0-65535 V
0-999999 V
0-65535 V
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0-65535 A
0.01-99.99
24 Vdc-230
24 Vdc-230
24 Vdc-230
0-65535 A

Wprim/Wsec
Vac
Vac
Vac

EXIT

Nominal Ratio Values-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

NOMINAL RATIO VALUES
0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio:
2460.NOM.SETTING - selector 1:
2461.
- selector 2:
2462.NOM.SETTING 2 - current :
2463.
- voltage :
2464.
- power
:
2465.
- freq.
:
2466.NOM.SETTING 3 - current :
2467.
- voltage :
2468.
- power
:
2469.
- freq.
:
2470.NOM.SETTING 4 - current :
2471.
- voltage :
2472.
- power
:
2473.
- freq.
:
BACK
Figure 2-12

1.00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0


ev.
ev.
A
V
kW
Hz
A
V
kW
Hz
A
V
kW
Hz

Setting range:
0.01-99.99 Wprim/Wsec
0-9999 Event number
0-9999 Event number
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80
Hz
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80
Hz
0-65000 A
0-65000 V
0-65000 kW
0-80
Hz

EXIT

Nominal Ratio Values-3

Parameter description:
0200. NOMINAL RATED
- Current
:
Setting of the nominal rated current of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary
side
0201.

- Voltage
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary
side

0202.

- Power
:
Setting of the nominal rated active power of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer
primary side

0203.

- Frequency
:
Setting of the nominal rated frequency of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer

0204. CT Feeder
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the feeder current measuring
current transformer (CT)
0205. PT Feeder
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the feeder voltage measuring
voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0205] is activated if a negative sequence of the feeder voltage is detected.
This supervision is always active.
0206.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the feeder voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 21/208 -

Service Manual

0207.PT BUS1
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS1 voltage measuring
voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0207] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS1 voltage is detected.
This supervision is always active.
0208.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS1 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0209. PT BUS2
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS2 voltage measuring
voltage transformer (PT)
NOTE: Event [0209] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS2 voltage is detected.
This supervision is always active.
0210.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS2 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0211. PT GND1
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #1 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0212.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #1 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0213. PT GND2
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #2 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)
0214.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #2 voltage
measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0215. CT GND1
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #1 current
measuring current transformer (CT)
0216.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #1 current
measuring current transformer (CT)

0217. CT GND2
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #2 current
measuring current transformer (CT)
0218.

- secondary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #2 current
measuring current transformer (CT)

0219. CT DIFF
- primary side
:
Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the differential current
measuring current transformer (CT)

- 22/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0220. Transf. winding ratio
:
In case of transformer differential protection, the winding ratio of the transformer
(W Primary/W Secondary) must be adjusted. Both by the “Step Down Trafo” and by the “Step Up
Trafo” the winding ratio is defined as W Primary/W Secondary. This corresponds by “Step Down
Trafo” the transmision ratio (primaryvoltage/lowvoltage) of the transformer. With the „Step
Up Trafo“ is however the winding ratio (W Primary/WSecondary) the reciprocal value of the
transmision ratio primaryvoltage/lowvoltage. From this a small number with many right-ofcomma positions can result. Since the parameter [0220] of SYMAP® permits only two rightof-comma positions, if necessary, you must set the parameter [0220] on “1” and count this
value into the parameter [0219].
0221. Uaux nominal input
:
Setting of nominal rated voltage of the power supply of the device
0222. Shunt #1 nominal input
:
Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit
0223. Shunt #2 nominal input
:
Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit
0224. CT DIFF2
- primary side
:
0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio
:
2460. NOM.SETTING
- selector 1
:
2461.
- selector 2
:
These parameters support the selection of up to 3 additional settings for the nominal
current, voltage, power and frequency. If the selection has changed (parameters [2460] and
[2461]) the device will reboot with the new nominals. Display on the main page (Setting No.
(N#), In (A), Pn (kW), Un (V) and fn (Hz)) if the parameters [2460] and [2461] are set to a
value greater zero.
Table 2-1

Nominal settings selectors

Nominal Settings Selectors
Selector
[2460]

[2461]

Nominal
setting

inactive
active
inactive
active

inactive
inactive
active
active

1
2
3
4

Valid nominal parameters
Current

Voltage

Power

Frequency

[0200]
[2462]
[2466]
[2470]

[0201]
[2463]
[2467]
[2471]

[0202]
[2464]
[2468]
[2472]

[0203]
[2465]
[2469]
[2473]

2462. NOM.SETTING 2
- current
:
to
2473. NOM.SETTING 4
– freq
:
The nominals (I, U, P, f) must be within the setting range of 10-65000.
Freqency range: 40-80
The ranges are also valid for the parameters [0200] to [0203].
The limit parameters [0678], [0682], [0683], [0907], [0947], [0948], [0954] and [0955] will be
adapt internally in reference to parameter [0203] and the new selected nominal frequency.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 23/208 -

Service Manual

2.4

Communication

SYMAP® provides five communication ports. The RS232 port on the front panel is always
available. Use it to upload the firmware or to communicate with the SYMAP® PC-tools. The other
ports are on the backside, and they are programmable by the user with the parameters shown on
Figures 2-13 and 2-14. Please note that the PROFIBUS and CANBUS ports are optional. Refer to
the order list for detailed information.
COMMUNICATION PARAMETER

Setting range:

0300. SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1)
: OFF
0301.
– address
:
0
0302.
– baud rate
: 57600 Bd
0303.
– protocol
: PC TOOLS
0304. PROFIBUS - com.port
: OFF
0305.
– address
:
0
0306.
– first byte : LOW
0307.
– application : none
0308. CAN 1 - com. port
: OFF
0309.
– number of nodes:
2
0310.
– identifier
:
01
0311.
– identifier size: standard
0312.
– baud rate
:1000.0 kBd

BACK
EXIT
Figure 2-13

Communication parameters-1

COMMUNICATION PARAMETER
0313.
– autom.id. scan
0314. CAN 2 - com. port
0315.
– number of nodes
0316.
– identifier
0317.
– identifier size
0318.
– baud rate
0319.
– application
0320.
– MDEC override
0321.
reserved
0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2)
0323.
– address
0324.
– baud rate
0325.Tel.No.– leading zeros
0326.
– Tel.No. part 1
0327.
– Tel.No. part 2
BACK
Figure 2-14

- 24/208 -

OFF/RS485/RS422/MODEM
0-255
9600/19200/38400/57600/62500
PC TOOLS/MODBUS/KUHSE/REMOTE
OFF/ON
0-125
LOW/HIGH
none
ON/OFF
1-14
1-14
standard/extended
15.6 kBd-1000.0kBd

Setting range:

: OFF
: ON
:
1
:
1
: standard
: 125.0 kBd
:MDEC303 V1
:
0
:
: OFF
:
0
: 625000 Bd
:
0
:
0
:
0

OFF/ON
OFF/ON
1-32
0-65535
standard/extended
15.6 kBd-1000.0 kBd
none,MDEC303all,...,CANopen,ADEC
0-9999
OFF/ON
0-65535
9600-625000 Bd

EXIT

Communication parameters-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

COMMUNICATION PARAMETER
0328.
0329.
0330.
0331.
0332.
0333.
0334.
0335.
0336.
0337.
0338.
0339.
0340.
0341.
0342.
0343.

IEC 61850 Communication:
- IP address part 1 (L):
- IP address part 2
:
- IP address part 3
:
- IP address part 4 (R):
- Gateway address part1:
- Gateway address part2:
- Gateway address part3:
- Gateway address part4:
Time synchron. (SNTP) :
- Daylight saving time :
- Local time zone
:
- Server address part 1:
- Server address part 2:
- Server address part 3:
- Server address part 4:
BACK

Figure 2-15

Setting range:
ON
192
168
2
120
192
168
2
1
ON
ON
+ 1 h
64
183
56
58

OFF/ON
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
-23 - +23
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255

EXIT

Communication parameters-3

Parameter description:
0300.SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1)
:
Setting of the physical layer for this communication port; use the Terminals 26 (-) and 27 (+)
of plug X2.2 for the RS485 communication. For RS422 use the Terminals 26 (RxD -), 27
(RxD +), 28 (TxD -) and 29 (TxD+) of the same plug. If you do not want to use one of these
communications set this parameter to “OFF”.
0301.

- address
:
Setting of the communication address of this device for RS 422/485

0302.

- baudrate
:
Selection of the transmission speed for RS232/422/485; if there are some problems with
the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0303.

- protocol
:
Selection of the protocol type; table 2-2 shows the possible applications the device
provides. For more details, please see Appendix A1.
Table 2-2

Parameter [0303]

Description

PC TOOLS
MODBUS
KUHSE
REMOTE
60870-103
BlueVis.1
BlueVis.2

for the HIMAP-BCG-tools
for communication with a main control unit
special protocol
for communication between two HIMAP-BCG devices
for the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 1)
Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 2)

®

SYMAP

Available protocols

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 25/208 -

Service Manual

0304.PROFIBUS
- com. port
:
ON/OFF switch for the PROFIBUS port; the standard PROFIBUS DP V1 is fulfilled. The
parameters [0304] to [0307] work only with this communication port.
NOTE: Event [0304] is active if the device is exchanging data with the master.
0305.

- address
:
Setting of the communication address of this device for PROFIBUS communication; make
sure that there is only one specific address in the communication.

0306.

-first byte
:
Selection of the transmission sequence of a word (16 bit = 2 bytes) or of a long word (32 bit
= 4 bytes); choose “HIGH” to transmit the high byte first or choose “LOW” to transmit the
low byte first.

0307.

- application
Reserved for special applications

:

0308. CAN1
- com. port
:
ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS1 port; the parameters [0308] to [0313] work only with this
first CAN-communication port.
NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs (real
time clocks) automatically. In this case, the RTC of the node with the smallest
CAN-Identifier (parameter [0310]) is the reference for all other RTCs (extended
board setting: see Users manual, chapter 1.8).
0309.

- number of nodes
:
This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication. If
there are less nodes than this number detected on the CANBUS1 system failure [3019]
(“CAN1 node error”) will be activated.
NOTE: An extension board is not a node in this sense.

0310.

- identifier
:
Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication. Make sure
that there is only one specific main device identifier in the communication. For the
communication to the extension board CMA216 and CMA218, you must use this same
identifier setting also for the extension board.

0311.

- identifier size
:
Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier; or choose
“extended” for the 29 bit identifier.

0312.

- baud rate
:
Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems
with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0313.

- autom. id. scan
:
The automatic allocation of the identifiers over the CANBUS1 can be enabled with this
parameter. In that case the system failures [3008], [3019] and [3043] are disabled, and on
the Main page “CAN: number of devices” is displayed instead of “NET” (Device type G).
The system will reorganize the identifiers (starting with “1”) if more than one device with the
same identifier parameter [0310] are detected on the CANBUS1. The allocation process
takes around 15 sec. During this process the PM is idle and the “number of devices”display is blinking.

- 26/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0314. CAN2
- com. port
:
ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS2 port; the parameters [0314] to [0319] work only with this
second CAN-communication port.
0315.

- number of nodes
:
This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication.

0316.

- identifier
:
Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication; make sure
that there is only one specific identifier in the communication.

0317.

- identifier size
:
Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier or choose
“extended” for the 29 bit identifier.

0318.

- baud rate
:
Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems
with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0319.

- application
:
This parameter defines the application of the second CANBUS-port. Table 2-3 shows the
possible applications the device provides.
Table 2-3

Application of the second CANBUS-port

Parameter [0319]

Description

none
MDEC303 all

CANBUS2-port switched off
Special communication protocol for MDEC controller (MTU); if MDEC application is
in use then the baud rate of 125 kbaud will be set internally, as well as the
identifier, 6, and the identifier size, standard. In version “V1” only the most
important data will be displayed. With option “all”, all data of the protocol will be
shown on LCD.
For the CANopen protocol (refer to Appendix A1)
Special communication protocol for ADEC controller (MTU).

MDEC303 V1
CANopen
ADEC

0320.

- MDEC override
:]
Only for CANBUS2 application: MDEC 303
If the set event number is active the MDEC function “override” also becomes active.
NOTE: This means that the MTU-diesel will NOT stop if any engine trouble occurs.

[0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2)
:]
This port is only available for special differential protection applications.
[0323.

- address
:]
Setting of the communication address of this device

[0324.

- baud rate
Selection of the transmission speed

:]

[0325. Tel.No.
- leading zeros
:]
[0326.
- Tel.No. part 1
:]
[0327.
- Tel.No. part 2
:]
These parameters are used for special modem applications.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 27/208 -

Service Manual

[0328. IEC 61850 Communication
:
The SYMAP® IEC61850 interface can be activated with parameter [P0328]. As soon as a
link with the IEC 61850 client has established, the event [E0328] is being activated.
CAUTION: The serial channel is blocked if parameter [P0328] is enabled (so [P0328]
must be disabled before up/downloading with the Parameter-Tool).
NOTE: The SYMAP® device consists of 20 “Logical Nodes” and 8 “Unbuffered Report
Control Blocks”. “DataSets” can be freely defined.
All the “DataModels” can be viewed in the SCL-file: “Symap IEC61850 Server.icd”.
0329.
0330.
0331.
0332.

- IP address part 1(L)
:
- IP address part 2
:
- IP address part 3
:
- IP address part 4(R)
:
The parameters [P0329] to [P0332] are used for setting the IP-address of the SYMAP®
device. As soon as a Physical Ethernet Link has established, the event [E0329] is being
activated.

0333.
0334.
0335.
0336.

- Gateway address part 1
:
- Gateway address part 2
:
- Gateway address part 3
:
- Gateway address part 4
:
These parameters are used for setting the Router-address of the gateway.

0337. Time synchron. (SNTP)
:
Time synchronization via SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) can be activated by
parameter [P0337].
0338. - Daylight saving time
:
Parameter [P0338] enables the automatic “Daylight saving time” switch (+1 hour between
1:00 UTC on last Sunday in March and 1:00 UTC on last Sunday in October).
0339. - Local time zone
:
With parameter [P0339] the local time zone can be adjusted (±12 hours offset to UTC
(GMT)).
0339.
0340.
0341.
0342.

- Server address part 1
:
- Server address part 2
:
- Server address part 3
:
- Server address part 4
:
The time server IP-address can be set by parameters [P0340] to [P0343]. An Internet
connection and a router (see parameters [P0333] to [P0336]) must exist in order to get in
connection with an Internet time server. The Symap operates as a client sending
periodically requests to the time server (512 sec polling interval).
The SYMAP® device accepts also SNTP-Broadcast messages via Local Broadcast or
Multicast from a local time server (SCADA Systems). In that case parameters [P0340] to
[P0343] can be set all to zero, the SYMAP® device will not send any requests.
NOTE: There is a timesync counter (only successfull messages are counted) on the
status display page. Please press ENTER – DISPLAY – IEC61850 to invoke
the counter.

- 28/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.5

Analog Inputs

Within the main device, there are four analog inputs available. The selection of two physical
standards and many measuring types is possible. In combination with an external board, the
number of function inputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®,
providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client
requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 21 analog inputs PT 100 or analog inputs 420 mA channels.
Figure 2-15 shows an example of the parameter setting for analog input 1. With the change of the
measuring type, the unit of the measuring input will be adapted. Thus the unit of the following
parameter will be changed automatically.
The settings for the other analog inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event
numbers.
The parameter/event numbers for the other analog inputs are listed at the end of this chapter.
ANALOG INPUT – Select:

0400.
0401.
0402.
0403.

01

CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54,55
- Function
:
0-20
- Measuring type[unit]:
mA
- Full scale
:
0.0
- Zero scale
:
0.0
– 1.Limit
:
0.0
- 1.Limit high/low
:
LOW
– 1.Limit delay time :
0.0
– 2.Limit
:
0.0
- 2.Limit high/low
:
LOW
– 2.Limit delay time :
0.0
- Hysteresis
:
5.0
BACK

Figure 2-16

Setting range:

mA
mA
mA
mA
sec
mA
sec
%

OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA/0-10 V
see Table 2-4 mA
0.0-999.9 mA
0.0-999.9 mA
0.0-999.9 mA
LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 mA
LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Analog Input “01”

Parameter description:
CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54, 55
:
Name of the analog input with plug number and terminal numbers
- Function
:
Selection of the physical standard for this special input
- Measuring type
:
This parameter defines the setting of the measuring type or the measuring unit. Table 2-4
shows all possible selections.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 29/208 -

Service Manual
Table 2-4

Measuring types for analogous Inputs

Setting

Description

mA
B1-Gas (bar)
B1-Gas (g/l)
B2-Gas (bar)
B2-Gas (g/l)
S1-Gas (bar)
S1-Gas (g/l)
S2-Gas (bar)
S2-Gas (g/l)
Gas (bar)
Gas (g/l)
Temp. (C)
Temp. (F)

The unit of the input is mA

Load (%)

RPM (%)
Fuel (l)
3
Fuel (m )
Voltage (V)
Percent (%)
Bar
CUR-OUT 1
CUR-OUT 2
CUR-OUT 3
CUR-OUT 4

Special application for GIS
(NOTE: for this application
the parameter “function” must be set to: 4-20 mA)
The unit of the input is °C
The unit of the input is Fahrenheit
The input can be used in combination with the asymmetric load controller
®
(SYMAP -XG/-BCG only). If parameter [0935] (analog input) is set, the measured
value is the setpoint (actual value) for the asymmetric load controller. With the help
of the full and zero scale adjustment, the range can be limited
®
The input can be used as a tacho input (SYMAP -XG/-BCG only). If parameter
[0265] (see chapter 2.10.9) is set the measured value will be taken as a speed
signal
The unit of the input is liter
3
The unit of the input is m
The unit of this input is V
Can be used for any measuring
The unit of the input is bar
With this types, the analog outputs can be feed back to the analog inputs in order to
use the limit events of the analog inputs
(The unit for this types are mA).

- Full scale
Adjustment of the full scale point (20 mA = ?)

:

- Zero scale
:
Adjustment of the zero scale point (0 or 4 mA = ?)
0400. -.1. Limit
:
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0400] will be set.
- 1. Limit high/low
:
Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0400]; in case of high limit, the actual
measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0400]. In case of low limit, the actual
value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0401. - 1. Limit delay time
:
If event [0400] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0401] will be activated as
long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0400]. Please use this parameter
for the alarm controller.
0402. - 2. Limit
:
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0402] will be set.

- 30/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- 2. Limit high/low
:
Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0402]; in case of high limit, the actual
measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0402]. In case of low limit, the actual
value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0403. - 2. Limit delay time
:
If event [0402] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0403] will be activated as
long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0402]. Please use this parameter
for the alarm controller.
- Hysteresis
Setting of the hysteresis for both limits
Table 2-5

Event numbers for the current inputs

Number of analogue input
Analogue input 1 (4-20 mA)
Analogue input 2 (4-20 mA)
Analogue input 3 (4-20 mA)
Analogue input 4 (4-20 mA)

®

SYMAP

:

Event number
1. Limit
[0400]
[0404]
[0408]
[0412]

Event number
1. Limit delay time
[0401]
[0405]
[0409]
[0413]

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

Event number
2. Limit
[0402]
[0406]
[0410]
[0414]

Event number
2. Limit delay time
[0403]
[0407]
[0411]
[0415]

- 31/208 -

Service Manual

2.5.1 PT100 Inputs
The following temperature measuring inputs (see figure 2-17) are only available with the listed
extension boards (see table 2-6) (with the main device there are no PT100 inputs).
Table 2-6

Connectors for temperature measuring inputs

Number of analogue input

CMA210 connectors
(16 PT100 inputs)

CMA211 connectors
(5 PT100 inputs)

05 (PT100-1)
06 (PT100-2)
07 (PT100-3)
08 (PT100-4)
09 (PT100-5)
10 (PT100-6)
11 (PT100-7)
12 (PT100-8)
13 (PT100-9)
14 (PT100-10)
15 (PT100-11)
16 (PT100-12)
17 (PT100-13)
18 (PT100-14)
19 (PT100-15)
20 (PT100-16)

-X40: 1, 2, 3
-X40: 4, 5, 6
-X40: 7, 8, 9
-X40: 10, 11, 12
-X40: 13, 14, 15
-X40: 16, 17, 18
-X40: 19, 20, 21
-X41: 25, 26, 27
-X41: 28, 29, 30
-X41: 31, 32, 33
-X41: 34, 35, 36
-X41: 37, 38, 39
-X41: 40, 41, 42
-X41: 43, 44, 45
-X41: 46,47, 48
-X41: 49, 50, 51

-X44: 48, 49, 50
-X44: 51, 52, 53
-X44: 54, 55, 56
-X44: 57, 58, 59
-X44: 60, 61, 62
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available
not available

The description shows an example of the parameter setting for PT100-1. The settings for the other
temperature measuring inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event numbers.
ANALOG INPUT – Select:

0416.
0417.
0418.
0419.

05

PT100- 1 ext.board –X40/1,2,3
- Function
:
OFF
- Measuring type[unit]: PT100 [C]
- Full scale
: 320.0 C
- Zero scale
: - 40.0 C
– 1.Limit
: + 0.0 C
- 1.Limit high/low
:
LOW
– 1.Limit delay time :
0.0 sec
– 2.Limit
: + 0.0 C
- 2.Limit high/low
:
LOW
– 2.Limit delay time :
0.0 sec
- Hysteresis
:
5.0 %
ZURÜCK

Figure 2-17

Setting range:

OFF/ON
PT100
0.0°C-999.9°C
-999.9°C to +999.9°C
-999.9°C to +999.9°C
LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 sec
-999.9°C to +999.9°C
LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-99.9 %

ENDE

Analog Input “05”

Parameter description:
PT100-1 ext.board -X40/1, 2, 3
:
Name of the analogous input with plug number and terminal numbers
- Function
:
Selection of using this special input (ON/OFF switch)
- Measuring type
:
Setting of the physical sensor (Up to now only PT100 possible)
- 32/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- Full scale
:
Adjustment of the full scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending
on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter; for other ranges please contact
the manufacturer.
- Zero scale
:
Adjustment of the zero scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending
on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter.
0416. - 1. Limit
:
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit event [0416] will be set.
- 1. Limit high/low
:
Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0416]; in case of high limit, the actual
measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0416]. In case of low limit, the actual
value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0417. - 1. Limit delay time
:
If event [0416] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0417] will be activated as
long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0416]. Please use this parameter
for the alarm controller.
0418. - 2. Limit
:
Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or
lower than this limit, event [0418] will be set.
- 2. Limit high/low
:
Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0418]; in case of high limit, the actual
measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0418]. In case of low limit, the actual
value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event.
0419. - 2. Limit delay time
:
If event [0418] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0419] will be activated as
long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0418]. Please use this parameter
for the alarm controller.
- Hysteresis
Setting of the hysteresis for both limits

®

SYMAP

:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 33/208 -

Service Manual
Table 2-7

Event numbers for the temperature measuring inputs

Number of
analogue input
05 (PT100-1)
06 (PT100-2)
07 (PT100-3)
08 (PT100-4)
09 (PT100-5)
10 (PT100-6)
11 (PT100-7)
12 (PT100-8)
13 (PT100-9)
14 (PT100-10)
15 (PT100-11)
16 (PT100-12)
17 (PT100-13)
18 (PT100-14)
19 (PT100-15)
20 (PT100-16)

- 34/208 -

Event number
1. Limit

Event number
1. Limit delay time

Event number
2. Limit

Event number
2. Limit delay time

[0416]
[0420]
[0424]
[0428]
[0432]
[0436]
[0440]
[0444]
[0448]
[0452]
[0456]
[0460]
[0464]
[0468]
[0472]
[0476]

[0417]
[0421]
[0425]
[0429]
[0433]
[0437]
[0441]
[0445]
[0449]
[0453]
[0457]
[0461]
[0465]
[0469]
[0473]
[0477]

[0418]
[0422]
[0426]
[0430]
[0434]
[0438]
[0442]
[0446]
[0450]
[0454]
[0458]
[0462]
[0466]
[0470]
[0474]
[0478]

[0419]
[0423]
[0427]
[0431]
[0435]
[0439]
[0443]
[0447]
[0451]
[0455]
[0459]
[0463]
[0467]
[0471]
[0475]
[0479]

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.6

Binary Inputs

SYMAP® provides with its basic unit 14 function inputs for user defined applications (see figure 218 and table 2-8). In combination with an external board, the number of function inputs can be
extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output
channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped
to a maximum of 36 digital inputs channels.
BINARY INPUT EVENT – Select:

500

Setting range:

FUNC.10 INPUT –X2.3/30
0500.
0501.

– Condition : NORM.OPEN
– Time delay:
0.0 sec

*
0.0-6000.0 sec

*NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD/
N.O. + W.F/N.C. + W.F/
N.O. + INV/N.C. + INV

BACK
Figure 2-18

EXIT

Binary Inputs-1

Parameter description:
- Select
Selects an binary input
0500.

:

- Condition
:
Condition of the input; if the input is active event [0500] will be set. Conditions:

“NORM.OPEN”: The input is normally open.

“NORM.CLSD”: The input is normally closed.

“N.O. + W.F.”:

The input is normally open and the wirefault supervision is active.

“N.C. + W.F.”:

The input is normally closed and the wirefault supervision is active.

NOTE: The wirefault supervision is only available for the function inputs 10-23. Every input
has a unique wirefault event number ([3321] to [3334]). These events can be used
for alarming. Refer to table 2-8.

“N.O. + INV.”:

The input is normally open and the inverted event is released.

“N.C. + INV.”:

The input is normally closed and the inverted event is released.

NOTE: Only the after delay event will be inverted. Every input has a unique “Binary inputs
inverted after delay event” ([3501] to [3599]). Refer to the event list in the Appendix
A2.
0501.

- Time delay
:
If the input is active and the delay is passed event [0501] will be set.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 35/208 -

Service Manual

Table 2-8 shows the function inputs of the basic unit which can be used. All function inputs have
the same parameters with exception of the event and terminal numbers.
Table 2-8

Function inputs

Function Input

Eventnumber

Event number
after delay

Wire fault
Event number

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

[0500]
[0502]
[0504]
[0506]
[0508]
[0510]
[0512]
[0514]
[0516]
[0518]
[0520]
[0522]
[0524]
[0526]

[0501]
[0503]
[0505]
[0507]
[0509]
[0511]
[0513]
[0515]
[0517]
[0519]
[0521]
[0523]
[0525]
[0527]

[3321]
[3322]
[3323]
[3324]
[3325]
[3326]
[3327]
[3328]
[3329]
[3330]
[3331]
[3332]
[3333]
[3334]

- 36/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

Plug/Terminal
X2.3/30
X2.3/31
X2.3/32
X2.3/33
X2.3/34
X2.3/35
X2.3/36
X2.3/37
X2.3/38
X2.3/39
X2.3/40
X2.3/41
X2.3/42
X2.3/43

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.6.1 Wire fault alarm
The binary inputs of the SYMAP®-family are equipped with a wire fault protection. So the user have
the possibility to supervise the operatability of safety applications.
Parameter description:
0055. - BIN.-inputs W.F.-limit
:
Limit of the wire fault event; remain the level of the binary input under this level, the related
wire fault event is active (see table 2-8). Default setting: 20 LSB
0076. - BIN.- input low-limit
:
Upper limit of the input low level; default setting: 150 LSB
0077. - BIN.- input high-limit
:
Lower limit of the input high level; default setting: 180 LSB
These parameters could only be changed with the parametertool under EXTRAS/SPECIAL
PARAMETER.
Structure of the wire fault alarm:
For a proper working a resistor (10 kΩ) must be installed close to the switching contact of the
supervised line (see figure 2-26).
Voltage level
(binary inputs)

LSB
(ADC)
255 LSB

24 V

–X2.3/45 (+24 V)
-K1 closed

10 kΩ

Symap®

- K1

17 V

180 LSB Parameter [0077]

14 V

150 LSB Parameter [0076]

-K1 open

–X2.3/30 -43 (binary input)

20 LSB Parameter [0055]

2V
Wire fault
0V

Figure 2-19

0 LSB

Structure and voltage level of the wire fault alarm

Functional description:
There is a current conduction through the resistor even when the contact –K1 is open which turned
out a voltage level of approx. 3 V to 4 V (30 LSB to 40 LSB) at the binary input. Regarding to the
shown parameter settings, this is recognized as a LOW input level. If there is a wire fault at any
part of the line the voltage break down and the related wire fault events (common event [3320] and
[33xx]) get active. On the other hand, if the contact –K1 close there is a bypass to the resistor and
the input is recognized as HIGH.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 37/208 -

Service Manual

2.7

Analogous Outputs

The basic unit of SYMAP® provides four analogous outputs. For each output, parameters for the
function, the physical range and calibration are available (see figures 2-27 and 2-28). In
combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended
board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended
board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 8
analogous outputs 4-20 mA channels.
ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS
0600. CUR-OUT 1
0601.
0602.
0603.
0604.
0605. CUR-OUT 2
0606.
0607.
0608.
0609.
0610. CUR-OUT 3
0611.

Figure 2-20











Setting range:

function : U12-VOLT.
range
:
4-20 mA
zero scale:+
0.0 %
full scale: 100.0 %
adjust
: 100.0 %
function : U-average
range
:
4-20 mA
zero scale:+
0.0 %
full scale: 100.0 %
adjust
: 100.0 %
function :I1-current
range
:
4-20 mA

BACK
EXIT

Analogous Outputs-1

Setting range:

ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS
0612.
0613.
0614.
0615. CUR-OUT 4
0616.
0617.
0618.
0619.





zero scale:+
0.0 %
full scale: 100.0 %
adjust
: 100.0 %
function :I-GND1-cur
range
:
4-20 mA
zero scale:+
0.0 %
full scale: 100.0 %
adjust
: 100.0 %

BACK
Figure 2-21

See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA

0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
See table 2-9
OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Analogous Outputs-2

The analogous outputs can be used to convert measuring and processed values to analogous
outputs such as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA. Table 2-9 shows the selection possibilities of analogous
output function parameters ([0600], [0605], [0610] and [0615]).

- 38/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual
Table 2-9

Selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters

Function

Description

OFF
I1-current
I2-current
I3-current
I-average
U12-Volt
U23-Volt
U31-Volt
U-average
U-BUS1 av.
U-BUS2 av.

The output is disabled
Actual current of phase 1
Actual current of phase 2
Actual current of phase 3
Average current of phase 1-3
Line voltage U1 to U2
Line voltage U2 to U3
Line voltage U3 to U1
Average voltage of all line voltages
Average BUS1 voltage of all line voltages
Average BUS2 voltage of all line voltages
The value can be set with the “Adjust” (0-100.0% -> 0-20mA).
The “Zero scale” must be set to 0.0%, the “Full scale” must be set to 100.0% and the
Range to 0-20mA.
Ground current 1
Ground current 2

Constant
I-GND1-Cur
I-GND2-Cur
Reserved
UGND1-Volt.
UGND2-Volt
Pw
Pq
Net load
SPIreserve
Pw-GND1
Pw-GND2
Frequency
BUS1-Freq.
BUS2-Freq
PF pow.fac.
U1-Volt
U2-Volt
U3-Volt
Speed ctrl
Volt. ctrl
MTU speed
MTU inject
MTU T-lube
MTU T-cool
MTU T-air
MTU T-fuel
MTU T-intc
MTU P-lube
MTU P-air
MTU P-fuel
MTU Prfuel
Speed rpm
LSsetpoint
CAN1 - I
CAN1 - U
CAN1 - P
CAN1 - f
CAN2 - I
CAN2 - U
CAN2 - P
CAN2 - f
CAN3 - I
CAN3 - U
CAN3 - P
CAN3 - f
CAN4 - I
CAN4 - U
CAN4 - P
CAN4 - f
®

SYMAP

Ground voltage 1
Ground voltage 2
Active power
Reactive power
Type XG/BCG only: relative net power
Type XG/BCG only: the relative net spinning reserve
Active ground power of Ignd1 and Ugnd1
Active ground power of Ignd2 and Ugnd2
Frequency of feeder system
Frequency of BUS1 system
Frequency of BUS2 system
Power factor of feeder system
Voltage U1 to ground
Voltage U2 to ground
Voltage U3 to ground
Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - speed matching device
Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - voltage matching device
MDEC speed (nominal = 3000 rpm)
MDEC injection quantity (nominal = 100%)
MDEC Temperature lube oil (nominal = 100 °C)
MDEC Temperature coolant (nominal = 100 °C)
MDEC Temperature charge air (nominal = 100 °C)
MDEC Temperature fuel (nominal = 100 °C)
MDEC Temperature coolant intercooler (nominal = 100 °C)
MDEC Pressure lube oil (nominal = 10.0 bar)
MDEC Pressure charge air (nominal = 5.0 bar)
MDEC Pressure fuel (nominal = 15.0 bar)
MDEC Pressure fuel rail (nominal = 1600 bar)
Type XG/BCG only: the diesel speed in rpm
Type XG/BCG only: the setpoint of the Load sharing controller (see chapter 2.10.3)

Type XG/BCG only:
The generator current, voltage, power and frequency
of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1

Type XG/BCG only:
The generator current, voltage, power and frequency
of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 39/208 -

Service Manual
CAN5 - I
CAN5 - U
CAN5 - P
CAN5 - f
CAN6 - I
CAN6 - U
CAN6 - P
CAN6 - f
PT100-1
PT100-2
PT100-3
PT100-4
PT100-5
PT100-6
PT100-7
PT100-8
PT100-9
PT100-10
PT100-11
PT100-12
PT100-13
PT100-14
PT100-15
PT100-16
CW sum max

The PT100 Analog inputs.
All 16 possible inputs from any external board can be selected.
The nominal value is assumed as +320°C

The max. phase Contact wear (see ANSI – CW Contact wear measurement).

Each analogous output provides five parameters for adjustment. The following parameters refer to
analogous output 1, which are representative for all analogous outputs.
Parameter description:
0600. CUR-OUT 1
- function
:
Output selection for analogous output 1 (X2.4 49 and 50)
0601.

- range
:
Selection of the output range: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or OFF

0602.

- zero scale
The zero point adjustment (0 or 4 mA = xx %)

:

0603.

- full scale
Full scale adjustment (20 mA = xx %)

:

0604.

- adjust
Total linear scale adjustment (calibration)

:

Table 2-10

Terminals of analogous outputs

Analogous output

Plug - Terminals

1
2
3
4

X2.4 - 49, 50 (+)
X2.4 - 49, 51 (+)
X2.4 - 49, 52 (+)
X2.4 - 49, 53 (+)

- 40/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8

Binary Outputs

The basic unit of SYMAP® provides 12 binary outputs. The outputs are organized as table 2-11. In
combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended
board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended
board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 24
Relay outputs channels (see chapter 2.8.3).
Table 2-11

Binary outputs

No.

Output name

Event number

1
2
3
4
5-12

Shunt #1
Shunt #2
Lockout relay
CB synchron ON
Function 1-8

[0700]
[0701]
[0702] and [0703]
[0704] and [0705]
[0706]-[0720]

Description
used for breaker trip events
special relay for lock-out purpose
used for synchronizing unit
free programmable outputs

2.8.1 Shunt #1 output
BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

700

Shunt #1 -X2.1/18, 19
Events:
01:1402
02:1405
03:1408
04:
0
05:
0
06:
0
07:
0
08:
0
09:
0
10:
0

≥1

11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
19:
20:

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

≥1

21:9999
22:
0

BACK
Figure 2-22

&

70

Note:0=OFF
9999=ON
EXIT

Shunt #1

Parameter description:
Events 01 to 20
:
"HIGH" active events to activate the event [0700]
Event 21
"HIGH" active event to enable the event [0700]

:

Event 22
"LOW" active event to enable the event [0700]

:

NOTE: The Shunt #1 output is the fastest binary output SYMAP® offers. So it should be used for
time critical operations such as fast protection functions like ANSI 50 to open a circuit
breaker.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 41/208 -

Service Manual

2.8.2 Shunt #2 output
BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

701

Shunt #2 -X2.1/20,21
Events:
01:
0
02:
0
03:
0
04:
0
05:
0
06:
0
07:
0
08:
0
09:
0
10:
0

≥1

11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
19:
20:

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

≥1

21:9999
22:
0

BACK
Figure 2-23

&

701

Note:0=OFF
9999=ON
EXIT

Shunt #2

Parameter description:
Events 01 to 20
:
"HIGH" active events to activate the event [0701]
Event 21
"HIGH" active event to enable the event [0701]

:

Event 22
"LOW" active event to enable the event [0701]

:

- 42/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8.3 Lockout relay
The lockout relay is a bistable (two states) relay, which can be used as lockout relay or as a
normal binary output (see figure 2-24). If the lockout features are requested please refer to ANSI
94 device code to activate the lockout relay (see chapter 3.32).
BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

Setting range:

702

Lockout relay - X2.1/16,17
- Condition : NORM.OPEN
- Time delay:
0,0 sec
1.Event:
0
2.Event:
0
3.Event:
0
4.Event:
0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event:
0

NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD
0.0-999.9 sec

≥1

&

0702
0703

Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
BACK
Figure 2-24

EXIT

Failure lock out

Parameter description:
- Select
Selects a binary output

:

- Condition
:
Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0703] will be set.
- Time delay
:
If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0702] will be set.
1. Event
to
6. Event
Events to activate or to block the output

®

SYMAP

:
:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 43/208 -

Service Manual

2.8.4 Synchron ON output
SYMAP® provides a “synchron ON” output used for the synchronizing units to release or block the
circuit breakers during synchronization (see figure 2-25). This output has a redundant. That means
two independent controllers of the SYMAP® system have to release with their own relay the
“synchron ON” output before the main contact (-X2.1/1,2) will be activated.
If no synchronizing unit is in use that means that the following three parameters have been set to
“0” (parameter [1000], parameter [1030] and parameter [1060]). This output can be used in the
same way as the Function outputs 1 to 8.
BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

704

Setting range:

CB Synchron ON - X2.1/1,2
- Condition : NORM.OPEN
- Time delay:
0,0 sec
1.Event:
0
2.Event:
0
3.Event:
0
4.Event:
0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event:
0

Norm.Open/Norm. Closed
0.0-999.9 sec

≥1
〈1

&

0704
0705

Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
BACK
Figure 2-25

EXIT

Synchron ON

Parameter description:
- Select
Selects a binary output

:

- Condition
:
Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0705] will be set.
- Time delay
:
If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0704] will be set.
1. Event
to
6. Event
Events to activate or block the output

- 44/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

:
:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8.5 Function outputs
For binary outputs 8 further relay outputs are available (see figure 2-26 and table 2-12).
BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

7xx

Setting range:

FUNC.x - X2.1/x,y
- Condition : Norm.Open
- Time delay:
0,0 sec
1.Event:
0
2.Event:
0
3.Event:
0
4.Event:
0
5.Event: 9999
6.Event:
0

Norm.Open/Norm. Closed
0.0-999.9 sec

≥1

&

7xx
07xx

Note:0=OFF,9999=ON
BACK
Figure 2-26

EXIT

Function outputs

Parameter description:
- Select
Selects a binary output
Table 2-12

:

Parameters of function outputs

Select:

Text:

Terminal:

[0700]
[0701]
[0702]
[0704]
[0706]
[0708]
[0710]
[0712]
[0714]
[0716]
[0718]
[0720]

Shunt #1
Shunt #2
Lockout relay
CB Synchron ON
Func. 1
Func. 2
Func. 3
Func. 4
Func. 5
Func. 6
Func. 7
Func. 8

X2.1/18, 19
X2.1/20, 21
X2.1/16, 17
X2.1/1, 2
X2.1/3, 5
X2.1/4, 5
X2.1/6, 8
X2.1/7, 8
X2.1/9, 11
X2.1/10, 11
X2.1/12, 13
X2.1/14, 15

- Condition
:
Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled the predelay event will be set.
- Time delay
:
If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and the after delay event will
be set.
1. Event
to
6. Event
Events to activate or block the output

®

SYMAP

:
:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 45/208 -

Service Manual

2.9

Event Builder

The event builder offers several possibilities to combine events and to build user defined
applications. The various logic elements can be accessed through the following overview list. This
list is placed in the menu tree as follows: MENU > SETTING > SYSTEM > Event builder (see
figure 2-27).
The first 3 items (Breaker control, Interlock diagrams, Breaker test mode) are linked to the breaker
control and can not be used for other purposes.
The other elements can be used for any applications.
EVENT BUILDER
Breaker control
Interlock diagrams
Breaker test mode
Logic diagrams
(800-839)
AND elements
(840-849)
OR elements
(850-859)
AND / OR
(860-869)
Timer
(870-889)
Counter
(890-894)
Flip-flops
(895-899)
CAN events
(370-392)

BACK
Figure 2-27

EXIT

Event builder

NOTE: For details refer to the Appendix A2.

- 46/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10 Power management (main menu)
The power management function is an additional software package available only for SYMAP®
XG/BCG. If the power management software is loaded, the following parameters are available (see
figure 2-28).
POWER MANAGEMENT
General
Power management
Load sharing
Frequency controller
Voltage regulator
Power factor controller
Big consumer request (BCR)
Blackout
Diesel control
Starting phase
Stopping phase
Preferential trip limits
Additional limits
BACK
Figure 2-28

®

SYMAP

EXIT

Power management (main menu)

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 47/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.1 General PM Parameter
This group comprises the general settings for power management (see figures 2-29 and 2-30).
Setting range:

GENERAL PM PARAMETER
0180.Generator
- number :
01
0181.
– priority:
01
0182.Net selectors - 1.ev.(L):
509
0183.
– 2.ev.(R):
0
0184.Automatic mode
:
511
0185.Start release
:
513
0186.Start next diesel
:
0
0187.Remote start
:
515
0188.Remote stop
:
517
0189.Load balance after start:
10 sec
0190.Mains parallel operation:
0
0191.Manual mode type
: MANUAL 1
0192.Priority select by event:
504
0193.
– 1.event:
519


BACK
EXIT
Figure 2-29

(Event
(Event
(Event
(Event
(Event
(Event
(Event

number)
number)
number)
number)
number)
number)
number)

sec
(Event number)

1-6
(Event number)
(Event number)

General settings for power management-1

GENERAL PM PARAMETER
0194.
– 2.event:
521
0195.
– 3.event:
0
0196.
– 4.event:
0
0197.Remain in manual
: NO
0198.Secure front key access :
512
0199.Start next alarm block :
0
2400.Nominal power reduction : CURR.3
2401.
– Pn zero scale point: 70.0 %
2402.
– scale adjustment
: 100.0 %
2403.Request own power by
:
0
2404. – power not avail.event
2405.Preselect prio. by event:
0
2406.
– priority:
1
2407.Change to MANUAL mode
:
0
2408.Mainpage LS/PM status
: NET
2409.User access definition : none
2410.Automatic net selection : ON
BACK
Figure 2-30

1-14
1-14
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999
MANUAL
0-9999
0-9999

Setting range:
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
NO/YES
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
OFF/CURR.1 – CURR.4
0.00-100.0 %
50.0-150.0 %
0-9999 (Event number)
--- (Event reminder)
0-9999 (Event number)
1-14
0-9999 (Event number)
NET/OWN
None/Prio+Load
ON/OFF

EXIT

General settings for power management-2

Parameter description:
0180. Generator
- number
:
Number of generator; this number is shown in the main page and is used by the power
manager for all event histories to show the user which generator has been started and
stopped.

- 48/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0181.

- priority
:
Priority of the diesel generator; the priority is used to define the start and stop sequence for
the power management. The priority is shown in the main page. The priority can also be
changed on the load page or over MODBUS-communication if parameter [0192] is OFF.

0182. Net selector
-1.ev.(L)
:
0183.
-2.ev.(R)
:
The net selectors define the BUS section to which the circuit breaker of the corresponding
generator has been connected. A maximum of four BUS sections can be recognized.
Example:
If a bus tie-breaker is in use the user can link the auxiliary output of the bus tie-breaker with
a function input. The event number of this function input has to be used for the net selector
parameter to define the BUS sections (see table 2-13).
NOTE: Please place parameter [2410] on “OFF” when using up to four nets and consider
the description of parameter [2410] when using more than four nets.
Table 2-13

Net selectors

Net selectors
[0183]
inactive
inactive
active
active

[0182]
inactive
active
inactive
active

Net
0
1
2
3

0184. Automatic mode
:
Automatic mode release; an event number is used to release the automatic mode (e.g. via
a function input).
Example:
A function input is used to release the automatic mode. If the function input is active the
automatic mode will be automatically set and the user can switch between automatic and
manual. If the function input is inactive the manual mode is fixed and blocked.
Event numbers linked to the modes:

[2905]: manual mode

[2906]: automatic mode

0185. Start release
:
Start release of the aggregate; the user can activate an event number to allow the starting
of the aggregate (e.g. via a function input).
Example:
The user can activate a function input to allow the starting. If the function input is active the
starting of the aggregate is allowed. If the function input is inactive all start orders will be
blocked and the device will switch to fixed manual mode. In this case event [0185] (“start
block”) will become active. Use this event for an alarm message.
0186. Start next diesel by
:
The user can start the next aggregate from the start list by event.
Example:
The user can activate a function input to start an aggregate which is next in the stand-by
sequence. If the state of the function input changes to active this aggregate will be started.
Only this trigger condition starts the aggregate.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 49/208 -

Service Manual

0187.Remote Start
:
The user can start the own aggregate from remote by an event.
Example:
The user can activate a function input to start the “own” aggregate from remote. If the state
of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be started. Only this trigger
condition starts the aggregate.
0188. Remote Stop
:
The user can stop the “own” aggregate from remote by an event.
Example: The user can activate a function input to stop the “own” aggregate from remote. If
the state of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be stopped. Only
this trigger condition stops the aggregate. This function is independent of PM parameter
[0912] (Stop block by event).
0189. Load balance after start
:
If the power management starts a diesel generator (e.g. big consumer request) then after
the circuit breaker is switched on, the process will be delayed to balance the load before
the next action from the power manager happens (e.g. big consumer release).
0190. Mains parallel operation
:
In case of mains parallel operation, some regulators (e.g. asymmetric load control) have
other conditions. With this event number (e.g. function input), the system recognizes mains
parallel or insulated operation.
0191. Manual mode type
:
There are several manual mode types available (see table 2-14).
Table 2-14 Automatic/Manual mode functions
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL MODE FUNCTIONS
AUTO
MANUAL MODE
FUNCTIONS
MATI
C
1 2 3 4 5
BREAKER ON
X
X
X X
BREAKER OFF
X
X
X X
KEYS
START
X
X
X
X
STOP
X
X
X
X
EMERGENCY STOP
X
X X X
X
REMOTE
X
X
X
X
COMMUNICATION
X
X
X
X
START
PM
X
NEXT DIESEL
X
BLACKOUT
X
REMOTE
X
X
X
X
STOP
COMMUNICATION
X
X
X
X
PM
X
LOAD SHARING
X
X X X
FREQUENCY
X
X X X
CONTROLLER
VOLTAGE
X
X X X
POWER FACTOR
X
X X X

6
X
X
X
X
X

0192.Priority select by event
:
With this event the selectors can be enabled. It is not possible to change the priority over
another source (e.g. load page or communication) if the selectors are enabled.
0193.
0194.
0195.
0196.

- 1. Event
:
- 2. Event
:
- 3. Event
:
- 4. Event
:
With the four events (e.g. from binary inputs) a priority can be selected (see table 2-15).

- 50/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual
Table 2-15 Priority selectors
PRIORITY SELECTORS
EVENTS
[0196] [0195] [0194] [0193]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1

PRIORITY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
-

0197. Remain in manual
:
This parameter controls the trigger of the automatic mode:

“NO”:

“YES”: After system start or if an alarm with priority disappears the mode will always
remain in manual.

After an alarm with priority disappears, the mode will switch back to automatic
(if automatic was active before the alarm). The mode is stored nonvolatile.

0198. Secure front key access
:
With this parameter the access to the START/STOP/AUTO/MANU. – front keys can be
protected with an password (also the Load page – Command window).

assigned event inactive: free access to the keys

assigned event active:

The keys are protected with Code #1 (see chapter 2.1). The
keys are released for 30 seconds after the right password is
entered.

0199. Start next alarm block
:
If an alarm with start next priority is active and the event set by parameter [0199] is active a
start next command will be given only if the CB is closed or the generator is in AUTO and
starting.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 51/208 -

Service Manual

2400. Nominal power reduction
:
The nominal power reduction can be used for shaft generator operation.
This parameter enables the function and selects an analog input (see chapter 2.5).
The analog input must be also enabled:

2401.

“Function”:

“Measuring type”: mA

“Full scale”:

sets the upper cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 16.8 mA)

“Zero scale”:

sets the lower cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 5.8 mA)

0-20 mA or 4-20 mA

- Pn zero scale point
:
Defines the lowest power value for the nominal power reduction (e.g. 40.0 %)
NOTE: The upper value is always 100.0 %.

2402.

- scale adjustment
:
Linear calibration of the mA-scale between the full and the zero scale; this parameter is
normally set to 100.0%.
Figure 2-31 shows an example for the nominal power reduction.
Pn (%)
100.0

40.0

5.8
Figure 2-31

NOTE:

mA

16.8

Nominal power reduction

On the analog inputs page (MENU > DISPLAY > METERS), the following
nominal power reduction values are shown as:

the actual mA value, and

the reduced nominal power in % and in kW

2403. Request own power by
:
This function can be used to request the own actual power (in kW) from the net before the
own generator is stopped.
The event from parameter [2403] activates the request. The function will calculate the load
situation in the own net, without the power of the own generator (assuming that the own
generator should be stop). If the future net power reserve is insufficient the function will
start one or more stand-by generator. Finally, if the power reserve is available event [2403]
will be activated. This event can be used to trigger a stop (e.g. over parameter [0188]).
2404. - power not avail. Event
This event is related to the function from parameter [2403]. If it is not possible to provide the
requested own power from the net (e.g. there are no stand-bys) this event will be activated.
It can be used to trigger an alarm.
.

- 52/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2405. Preselect prio. by event
:
2406.
- priority
:
If the event set on parameter [2405] changes from inactive to active the priority will be set
once to the value of parameter [2406].
2407.Change to MANUAL mode
:
If the event set on parameter [2407] changes from inactive to active the mode will be
changed once to MANUAL.
2408. Mainpage LS/PM status
:
This parameter affects the display of the Load sharing (LS) status and the Power
Management (PM) status on the main page and the Diesel Overview page:

“NET”:

The status shows the summary of all nodes in the same net.

“OWN”:

The status shows only the own device.

2409. User access definition
:
This parameter defines the possibilities to change the generator priority by the user. If this
parameter is set to “Prio+Load”, the Priority page is not visible in the menu, it is not possible
to give any commands over the Load Command page, and it is not possible to change the
priority through the communication interfaces.
2410. Automatic net selection
:
“Automatic net selection” can be used up to 4 nets in mode “OFF” and up to 14 nets in
mode “ON”.
These two kinds of net switching can be selected. Use parameter [2410] „Automatic net
selection” to select „ON“ or „OFF“.

Automatic net selection: „OFF“
Two digital inputs can be used for coding the net number.
The position of the bus coupler has to be coded and send to the inputs of SYMAP®
devices, parameters [0182] and [0183]. The two parameters [0182] and [0183] are
binary coded, so that four nets (net 0, 1, 2 and 3) can be selected.
Example: There is a net with four generators and a bus coupler between Gen2 and
Gen3. With closed bus coupler all SYMAP® devices would be selected the
net No. 0. In this case no switching of the nets by the parameters [0182]
and [0183] are necessary. If the bus coupler opens, the both „right” handed
generators must be switched into another net, different from 0. The
auxiliary contact of the bus coupler activates the parameters [0182] in both
SYMAP® devices on the right side. Both SYMAP® devices must be on net
1. Thereby the both „right“- and „left“ handed SYMAP® devices are in
different nets and each net for itself controls its own power management
system.

®

SYMAP

Automatic net selection: “ON”
The complete network switching is functioning automatically. Fourteen nets can be
handed. Each SYMAP® device gets an input signal from the corresponding left- and
right- handed bus coupler. The signal of the left handed bus coupler to the generator is
given on the parameter [0182] and the signal of the right handed bus coupler on the
parameter [0183].
A signal 0 (low) means that the bus coupler is closed. Accordingly a 1 (high) signal
means that the bus coupler is open.
The devices must be numbered in ascending order starting with 1 from „left to the right”
in the CAN1-Identifier (parameter [0310])!!
The net numbering starts with the device with CAN1-Identifier [1] and according to the
bus couple ring positions it is counted up from 1 to max. 14 “left to right”!
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 53/208 -

Service Manual

NOTE: If no ring net is present, the device with the CAN1-Identifier [1], the parameter
[0182] must be set to 9999 and the SYMAP® device with the last CAN1Identifier, the parameter [0183] must be set to 9999 (in this case the bus
couplers at both ends are open).
Ring net:
First SAMYP® device with the CAN1-Identifier [1] has a speciality. If the left bus coupler
is closed, all SYMAP® device change to ring net control. Also the last SYMAP® device
needs an input of the right bus coupler. The last generator can also have in addition a
right handed bus coupler.
NOTE: The SYMAP® device with CAN1-Identifier [1], input left bus coupler (parameter
[0182]), connects the system with the last SYMAP® device to a ring net.
If no bus couplers exist, the values of parameters [0182] and [0183] is set to 9999.
It is important that the sequence of the generators with the corresponding SYMAP®
devices runs with the CAN1-Identifiern from „left to the right” in ascending from one
onwards in a row.
In case of a failure of one SYMAP® device, the power management can be further
operated, because the bus coupler feedbacks are given in each device to the two
surround SYMAP® devices. In this case the event [3019] „CAN1 node error” is
activated on all devices.
The feedback of the bus is also monitored. In case of differences in the position of the
bus coupler the event [2410] with an announcement “Auto. Net error” will be activated.
The events [2410] and [3019] can be directed to an alarm channel for signalling.
Cable

TB

TB

TB

TB

[0182]

[0182]

[0183]

[0310] = 1

[0183]

[0182]

[0310] = 2

[0182]

[0183]

[0310] = 3

SYMAP®

SYMAP®

G1

TB

SYMAP®

G3

G2

...

[0183]

[0310] = 14

SYMAP®

G14

Cable
Figure 2-32

- 54/208 -

Power Management System for max. 14 Generators in one line and ring net
(Automatic net selection: “ON”)

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.2 Power management
The power management parameters offer two main functionalities (philosophies) for the loaddepending starting and stopping within a BUS section. Each function can be activated
independently of the other one (but it is advisable to decide for only one).

The first function (parameters [0900] to [0917]) is operating on several limits for starting and
stopping (classical P.M.).

Within the second function (parameters [2430] to [2449]), up to eight load ranges can be
defined. For every load range a combination of up to five generators (priorities) can be
defined, which should be connected to the BUS. The system will manage to start and/or
stop the generator according to the load ranges.

0900. P.M.
0901.
0902. START
0903.
0904.
0905.
0906.
0907.
0908.
0909.
0910.
0911. STOP

POWER MANAGEMENT

Setting range:




0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
SINGLE/AVERAGE
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec
0.00-999.99 Hz
0-9999 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec
LOW/HIGH




-

switch by event:
0
characteristic : ON->OFF
check limits
: SINGLE
1.load limit
: 70.0 %
- delay:
200 sec
2.load limit
: 90.0 %
- delay:
30 sec
low frequency : 58.00 Hz
– delay:
5 sec
high current
: 70.0 %
- delay:
200 sec
with priority : LOW

BACK

Figure 2-33

EXIT

Power mamagement-1

Setting range:

POWER MANAGEMENT
0912.
– block by event :
0913.
– remaining load :
0914.
– remaining curr.:
0915.
delay:
0916.Stop without runn.down :
0917.Block own start by event:
0918.Prio. shifter work count:
2430.LOAD RANGES - by event :
2431. - change to upper range:
2432. - change to lower range:
2433. - load range hysteresis:
BACK
Figure 2-34

®

SYMAP

510
60.0
60.0
300
NO
0
0


%
%
sec

h

507
3 sec
100 sec
2.5 % ↓

0-9999 (Event number)
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec
NO/YES
0-9999 (Event number)
0-65535 h
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 sec
0-9999 sec
0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Power mamagement-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 55/208 -

Service Manual

Setting range:

POWER MANAGEMENT
2434.
2435.
2436.
2437.
2438.
2439.
2440.
2441.
2442.
2443.
2444.
2445.
2446.
2447.
2448.
2449.

- 1.load range <
730 kW
- priority:
1
- 2.load range < 1060 kW
- priority:
2
- 3.load range < 1790 kW
- priority:
1 2
- 4.load range < 2130 kW
- priority:
2 3
- 5.load range < 2850 kW
- priority: 1 2 3
- 6.load range < 60000 kW
- priority: 1 2 3 4
- 7.load range <
0 kW
- priority:
1
- 8.load range <
0 kW
- priority:
1
BACK

Figure 2-35

0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3
0-65535 kW
“1”…”1 2 3

4 5”
4 5”
4 5”
4 5”
4 5”
4 5”
4 5”
4 5”

EXIT

Power mamagement-3

Parameter description:
0900. P.M.
- switch by event
:
Event switch for the first power management function; this switch affects only the
parameters [0901] to [0917]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for
activation!
0901.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of power management ON/OFF switch parameter [0900]:

“ON -> OFF”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched on.

0902. START
- check limits
:
Checking single or average start limits this parameter is valid for [0903], [0905] and [0909].
All limits can be disabled by setting them to zero.

“SINGLE”:

“AVERAGE”: Start order given if average load/current of parameter [0903], [0905] or
[0909] is passed. Average load/current means the average of
load/current of all diesel engines running on the mains in one net.

When passing limit parameters [0903], [0905] or [0909] the start order
will be given depending on the load/current of each diesel engine. If a
generator passes the limit while the others do not a start order will be
given.

0903.

- 1. load limit
:
First start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine

0904.

- delay
Delay time for first start limit parameter [0903]

0905.

- 2.load limit
:
Second start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine

- 56/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0906.

- delay
:
Delay time for second start limit parameter [0905]

0907.

- low frequency
:
Passage of a low frequency limit also starts a diesel engine. Coordinate with parameters
[2007] and [2010]

0908.

- delay
:
Delay time for low frequency start limit parameter [0907]

0909.

- high current
:
Start limit for current-depending start of an additional diesel engine

0910.

- delay
:
Delay time for current start limit parameter [0909]

0911. STOP
- with priority
Sequence for stop order.

:

“LOW”:

Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the
lowest priority will be stopped first.

“HIGH”:

Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the
highest priority will be stopped first.

0912.

- block by event
:
By activating this event, load-depending stop of the diesel engines in the same main can be
blocked.

0913.

- remaining load
:
Stop limit for load-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage limit
is the load value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine.

0914.

- remaining curr.
:
Stop limit for current-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage
limit is the current value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine. If
zero is settled the limit check will be disabled.

0915.

- delay
:
Delay time for current and load stop limit parameters [0913] and [0914]; note that both
conditions must be fulfilled to start the delay. If only load stop is to be used the current limit
[0914] must be set to zero. Both limits can be disabled by setting them to zero if PM-stop is
not to be used. Current stop [0914] is only available in connection with load stop, never
alone.

0916. Stop without run. down
:
If this parameter is set to “YES” the stopped generator will only open the CB (after load
reduction) and than remain running.
0917. Block own start by event
:
By activating this event, the start of the own diesel engine through the power management
system can be blocked. The blocking does not affect other start sources (e.g. blackout, start
next…). A message will be displayed on the power management page if the blocking is
active.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 57/208 -

Service Manual

0918. Prio. shifter work count
:
If on any net node parameter [0918] is set and the work hours are reached by that node,
the priorities will be rotated on every node in that net, regardless of parameter [0918] and a
start next will be issued. The counting value (work hours) is stored novolatile. This function
can be activated also on the priority page (MENU > SETTING > PRIORITY).
2430.LOAD RANGES
- by event
:
Event switch for the second power management function; this switch affects only the
parameters [2431] to [2449]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for
activation!
2431.

- change to upper range
:
If the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range the higher range will be
taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.

2432.

- change to lower range
:
If the actual net power changes from one range to a lower range the lower range will be
taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.

2433.

- load range hysteresis
:
This hysteresis is valid if the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range.
The power must fall below this hysteresis in order to return to the previous (lower) range.

2434.
2435.

- 1. load range
- priority

<
:

to
2448.
2449.

- 8. load range
<
- priority
:
With this parameters up to eight ranges can be defined. Each range starts at the previous
range and ends at the settled kW value. For every range up to five generators (identified in
the net by the priorities) can be assigned, which should be connected to the BUS.
NOTE: The starting and stopping will begin when a new range becomes valid (after the
delays parameters [2431] or [2432] are passed). The system will first start all the needed
generators. After all the needed generators are connected to the BUS, the system will
begin to stop the unnecessary generator. If one generator needed for the actual load range
is not available (in MANUAL and stopped) the system will search for another generator with
the same nominal power. If the search is without result the next stand-by generator will be
started. The stopping is blocked in this case. The system will start or stop only generators
which priority is defined in one of the load ranges (parameters [2435] … [2449]).
The stopping is automatically blocked if the PM stop is blocked (see parameter [0912]) or if
a “big consumer request” is active in the net (see chapter 2.10.7).
If parameter [2430] is settled to a value greater than zero supervision becomes active. This
supervision checks if all the generators defined within the parameters [2435] … [2449] are
available (in AUTOM.). In this case event [2430] will be active. Event [2431] will be active if
parameter [2430] is set (to a value greater zero) and the generators needed for the actual
range are all in AUTOM.
This events can be used for alarming or to control processes (e.g. to switch to the classical
PM if generators are not available).

- 58/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.3 Load sharing
The load sharing parameter includes the settings that regulate the load within the BUS section
(see figures 2-43 and 2-44). The load sharing regulator works as a three-point controller. After a
certain break time, the difference between the load set point and the actual measured load value
will be calculated. With this load difference the pulse time for speed higher and lower will be
calculated. The set point in the symmetrical load sharing mode for the load regulator is the average
net load. The set point in the asymmetrical load sharing mode is parameter [0934]). If the load
difference (set point to actual load) is lower then the dead band the load sharing regulator is
blocked.
Setting range:

LOAD SHARING
0925. SYM.
0926.
0927.
0928.
0929.
0930.
0931.
0932. ASYM.
0933.
0934.
0935.
0936.








switch by event:
0
characteristic : ON->OFF
break time
:
3.0 sec
pulse time
:
3.0 sec
deadband
:
2.0 %
higher event
lower event
switch by event:
501
characteristic : ON->OFF
setpoint
:
80 %
– analog input : OFF
– range minimum :
40 % ↓
BACK

Figure 2-36

®

0-200 %

Load sharing-1

Setting range:

0937.
– range maximum :
0938.
– next attempt
:
0939. Allowed load difference:
0940.
– delay
:
0941. REGUL.- switch by event:
0942.
– 2. break time :
0943.
– 2. pulse time :
0944. ASY. setpoint switch by:
2490. PTI mode - shaft gen. :
2491.
- DG max.limit:
2492.
- delay:
2493.PULSE/PAUSE - diff.limit:
2494.
- pulse time:
2495.
- pause time:
2496.
- block by :
2497.Allowed load diff.2.lim.:
2498.
- delay:
BACK

SYMAP

OFF/CURR.1-4/Net CUR.1-4

EXIT

LOAD SHARING

Figure 2-37

0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0-200 %

90 %
60 sec
20.0 %
60 sec
0
0.0 sec
0.0 sec
0
0
0 %
0 sec
0.0 %
0.0 sec
0.0 sec
0 ev.
0.0 %
0 sec
EXIT

0-200 %
0-9999 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec
0-9999 (Event
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999 (Event
0-9999 (Event
0-9999 %
0-9999 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999 (Event
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec

number)

number)
number)

number)

Load sharing-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 59/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description:
0925. SYM.
- switch by event
:
ON/OFF switch of load sharing function; all devices in one net must have this switch
enabled for activation!
0926.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0925]:

“ON -> OFF”:

If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be
switched off.

“OFF -> ON”:

If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be
switched on.

0927.

- break time
:
Typical setting: 2 sec
The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during load
sharing is set here. At the end of the break time, the load sharing controller will calculate
and set the next pulse (see parameter [0928]).

0928.

-pulse time
:
The pulse characteristic for POWER adjustment during load sharing is set here. This time
defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% POWER difference between POWER
SET POINT Pset and ACTUAL POWER VALUE Pact. The “Calc. pulse (sec)” is modified by
the POWER difference in the following way:
Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [0928] / 100 × ΔP (%)
with:
Parameter [0928]: defined pulse time at 100% power difference,
ΔP (%) = Pset (%) – Pact (%)

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec
Parameter [0928] = 100 sec means:
If the POWER difference between POWER SET POINT and ACTUAL POWER
VALUE is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set.
If the POWER difference is 1% then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set.
If the POWER difference is positive (Pset > Pact) the n > event [0930] will be
activated for the calc. pulse time.
If the POWER difference is negative (Pset < Pact) the n < event [0931] will be
activated for the calc. pulse time.

0929.

- deadband
:
Deadband of the regulator; if the load difference ΔP (%) = Pset (%) – Pact (%) (set point Pset
minus actual measured load of the generator Pact) is under the deadband limit the regulator
is idle.

0930.

-higher event
Event for speed higher control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of
the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. This event
can be used to activate a function output.

0931.

- lower event
Event for speed lower control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of
the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. This event
can be used to activate a function output.

.

- 60/208 -

.

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0932.AYM.
- switch by event
:
Special application for load sharing regulator; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical load sharing
function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the load sharing regulator can be
switched on and off by setting this event.
In the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the regulator uses a fixed-load set point parameter
[0934], instead of the average net load. The asymmetrical load mode is allowed if a
minimum of two generator sets feeding the BUS and the load limits of parameters [0936]
and [0937] are not exceeded. In case of mains parallel operation parameter [0190],
asymmetrical load sharing mode is always allowed.
0933.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of asymmetrical load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0932]:

“ON -> OFF”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter
[0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter
[0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched on.

0934.

- setpoint
:
Set point for the asymmetrical load sharing regulator; the range for this set point is
0-200% of the nominal load of the generator. This parameter can be changed also on the
load page (Asymm. load).

0935.

- analog input
:
Refer to chapter 2.5 to enable the selected analog input.
NOTE: If this parameter is enabled the setpoint of parameter [0934] is inactive.

“CURR.1 - CURR.4”:

“Net CUR.1 - Net CUR.4”: The setpoint for this mode is zero and the actual value is the
analog value. The analog value will be regulated to zero (so
the analog value equals the regulator difference). The
regulator direction for this mode is always UP (speed
higher), in order that the generator should overtake the net
power.

Analogous setpoint for the asymmetrical load sharing
regulator; the set point for asymmetrical load limit can be set
by the analogous input. One of the four analogous inputs of
the basic unit can be used to modify the setpoint for the
asymmetrical load sharing.

0936.
0937.

- range minimum
:
- range maximum
:
Minimum and maximum limit for the asymmetrical load sharing mode; if the asymmetrical
load sharing is switched on Parameters [0932] and [0933] and if the load of the other
generators feeding the same BUS is within the minimum and maximum range limit then the
asymmetric mode will be allowed.

0938.

- next attempt
:
If the asymmetrical load sharing mode is active and one of the other generators that is
feeding the same BUS exceeds the limits of parameters [0936] and [0937] then the load
sharing mode is switching from asymmetric to symmetrical load sharing mode. After the
delay time set in parameter [0938], the load sharing regulator tries to switch again into the
asymmetrical load sharing mode.

0939. Allowed load difference
:
If the difference from the set point to the measured generator load exceeds this limit then
event [0939] will be activated (DNV load sharing supervision rule).
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 61/208 -

Service Manual

0940.

- delay
:
Delay time for parameter [0939]; use this event [0940] to activate an alarm channel.

0941.REGUL.
- switch by event
:
With this function the load sharing regulator can be switched to another break and pulse
time. This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations.
0942.

- 2. break time
:
This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active
(Refer to parameter [0927]).

0943.

- 2. pulse time
:
This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active
(Refer to parameter [0928]).

0944. ASY. setpoint switch by
:
With this event switch it is possible to switch between the two setpoint sources (fixed
setpoint parameter [0934] or an analog input parameter [0935]) for the asymmetrical load
controller.
If the event set by parameter [0944] is active and parameter [0935] is set the value from the
analog input is the setpoint for the ASY.L.S. Otherwise parameter [0934] is the setpoint.
2490. PTI mode
- shaft gen.
:
This event switch activates the PTI (Power Take In) mode. The PTI mode is a special Load
control mode, which can be used to force a shaft generator on a ship to run as a motor, in
order to make the ship faster.
This switch must be activated only at the device which controls the shaft generator. To
activate the PTI mode, all devices in one net must have also the main Load sharing switch
enabled (see parameter [0925]). If this switch becomes active the reverse power protection
(see chapter 3.6: ANSI 32) on the shaft generator is blocked and all other generators in the
same net are running in parallel to the shaft generator the asym. L.S. switch (see
parameter [0932]) has no function if the PTI mode is active.
There are two modes possible if the PTI mode is active. The PTI mode always starts with
the default mode 3:

“MODE 3”:

The shaft generator is running as a motor with constant
(asym.) reverse power. The setpoint is taken and calculated
negative from the asym. load sharing.
The other generators in the same net are running in parallel
with variable (sym.) load sharing.

“MODE 4”:

The shaft generator is running as a motor with variable
reverse load sharing the power from the parallel generator
with other consumers. The setpoint is the own load, so no
regulation is active for the shaft generator. The other
generators in the same net are running in parallel with
constant (asym.) load. The setpoint is taken from the asym.
load sharing.

There is an automatic switching between the two modes:

“MODE 3 -> MODE 4”: If one of the parallel generators exceeds the DG max. limit
(see parameter [2491]) and the delay is passed (see
parameter [2492]) all generators in the same net will switch to
mode 4.

“MODE 4 -> MODE 3”: If the shaft generator exceeds the setpoint for the asym. load
sharing and the delay is passed (see parameter [2492]) all
generators in the same net will switch back to mode 3. The

- 62/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

actual power of the shaft generator and the setpoint for the
asym. load sharing are taken as absolute values for the
comparison.
NOTE: The asym. L.S. range supervision (see parameters [0936] and [0937]) is disabled if
the PTI mode is active.
2491.

- DG max.limit
:
The parallel generators will supervise this limit for switching from mode 3 to 4.

2492.

- delay
:
Time delay for switching between the two modes

2493. PULSE/PAUSE
- diff. limit
:
This function gives a constant pulse/pause time for the load control. If the actual controller
difference exceeds the limit of parameter [2493] the PULSE/PAUSE -function gets active.
The function works in all load sharing modes (SYM. and ASYM.). The function is switched
off by setting parameter [2493] to zero.
2494.

- pulse time
:
This parameter defines the definite length of the pulse time for the load control, and in
addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (see parameter [0665]).

2495.

- pause time
:
This parameter defines the definite length of the pause time for the load control, and in
addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (sees parameter [0665]).

2496.

- block by
:
This function can be blocked by an event number.

2497. Allowed load diff.2.lim.
:
Second limit for the load difference. If the difference from the set point to the measured
generator load exceeds this limit, then event [2498] will be activated after the setted delay
has passed (DNV load sharing supervision rule). Event [2497] is never active. Only event
[2498] will be active on the device (not in the net) if the limit is reached and the delay is
passed.
2498.

- delay
:
Delay time for parameter [2498]; use this event [2498] to activate an alarm channel.
NOTE: The Allowed load diff. functions (parameter [0939] or [2497]) are blocked, if “Load
balance after start” (parameter [0189]) is active.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 63/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.4 Frequency controller
The frequency controller parameter contains the settings for regulating the frequency within the
BUS section (see figure 2-38). The frequency controller works as a three-point controller. After a
certain break time, the difference between the frequency set point and the actual measured
frequency will be calculated. With this frequency difference, the pulse time for the speed control
will be calculated. The set point for the frequency controller will be calculated from the frequencyload static given by the parameter: idle and full-load frequency. If the frequency difference (set
point to actual measured frequency) is lower then the deadband limit then the frequency controller
will be blocked.
FREQUENCY CONTROLLER
0945.

0946.

0947.

0948.
0949.

0950.

0951.

0952.

0953.

0954.RANGE –
0955.

0956.REGUL. 0957.

2420.

2421.REMOTE –
2422.

2423.SETPOINT

switch by event:
characteristic :
idle speed
:
full load
:
break time
:
pulse time
:
deadband
:
higher event
lower event
maximum
:
minimum
:
switch by event:
2. break time :
2. pulse time :
higher event
:
lower event
:
analog input
:
BACK

Figure 2-38

Setting range:
0
ON->OFF
61.00 Hz
59.00 Hz
20.0 sec
100.0 sec
0.2 %

58.00 Hz
62.00 Hz
0
0.0 sec
0.0 sec
0
0
OFF
EXIT

0-9999 (Event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0.00-999.99 Hz
0.00-999.99 Hz
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
--- (Event reminder)
--- (Event reminder)
0.00-999.99 Hz
0.00-999.99 Hz
0-9999 (Event number)
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999 (Event number)
0-9999 (Event number)
OFF/CURR.1-4

EXIT

Frequency controller

Parameter description:
0945.

- switch by event
:
ON/OFF switch of frequency control function; all devices in one net must have this switch
enabled for activation!

0946.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of frequency control ON/OFF switch parameter [0945]:

0947.
0948.

“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be
switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be
switched on.

- idle speed
:
- full load
:
Set point for frequency control; either a constant frequency (for this, enter the same value in
both parameters [0947] and [0948]) or a load depending speed droop can be entered in
accordance with the speed controller of the diesel engine.

- 64/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0949.

- break time
:
Typical setting: 2 sec
The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during frequency
controlling is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will
calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [0950]).

0950.

- pulse time
:
The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during frequency controlling is set here.
This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference. The calc.
pulse is modified by the difference between the two frequency inputs in the following way:
Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [0950] / 100 × ΔF (%)
with:
Parameter [0950]: defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference,
ΔF (%): frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 in percent of nominal

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec
Parameter [0950] = 100 sec means:
If the frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 is 100% a calc. pulse
of 100 seconds will be set.
If the frequency difference is 0.5 Hz (1% at 50 Hz nominal-rated frequency)
then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set.
If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1) the n < event [0953] will
be activated for the calc. pulse time.
If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1) the n > event [0952] will
be activated for the calc. pulse time.

0951.

- deadband
:
Deadband of the controller; if the frequency difference (set point to actual measured
frequency the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0952.

- higher event
Event for speed higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is
active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. Use this event to activate a
function output.

0953.

- lower event
Event for speed lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is
active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. Use this event to activate a
function output.

.

..

0954. RANGE
- maximum
:
0955.
- minimum
:
Operating range for frequency controller, load sharing and load reduction; if the frequency
of the BUS exceeds the frequency range given by these parameters then these functions
will be blocked.
0956. REGUL.
- switch by event
:
With this function the frequency regulator can be switched to another break and pulse time.
This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations.
0957.

- 2. break time
:
This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active
(Refer to parameter [0949]).

2420.

- 2. pulse time
:
This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active
(Refer to parameter [0950]).
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 65/208 -

Service Manual

2421. REMOTE
- higher event
:
2422.
- lower event
:
Over this events the speed can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs or
communication).
2423. SETPOINT analog input
:
This parameter enables the frequency controller setpoint over an analog input. The analog
input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%] (see
chapter 2.5), otherwise the setpoint will be calculated from P[0947] and P[0948]. The
setpoint will be calculated from the nominal frequency parameter [0203]. The full and zero
scale of the analog input will act as a limitation.

- 66/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

The figure 2-39 shows the frequency band, including the common limit values and the
corresponding restriction, of the frequency controller. When a frequency static is defined
(parameter [0947] for idle frequency and parameter [0948] for full-load frequency), then the set
point of the controller will depend on the actual load, which is shown with the x-axis of the diagram.
Parameter
[2005]or
[0264]

Frequency

f>> stop
engine
overspeed

[0682]

f> BUS abnormal

[2002]

f> alarm

Sychronizing
blocked

[ANSI 59_1]

[0954]

f>operating limit

[0947]

F0

[0203]

FNominal

Frequency-static
(Droop)

Off with
load reduction
100%
PW

[0948]

ffull load

[0955]

F<operating limit

[0908]

F< (PM)

Operating area for
frequency control &
load sharing

start standby
diesel

F< alarm

[2008]

[ANSI 81_1]

[0679]

f< preferential trip

[0683]

f< BUS abnormal
f<< trip breaker

[2011]

Synchronizing
blocked

[ANSI 81_2]

Figure 2-39

®

SYMAP

Frequency control area

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 67/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.5 Voltage regulator
The voltage regulator parameter contains the settings for regulating the voltage within the BUS
section (see figure 2-47). The voltage regulator works as a three-point controller. After a certain
break time the difference between the voltage set point and the actual measured voltage will be
calculated. With this voltage difference, the pulse time for the voltage regulator will be calculated. If
the voltage difference (set point to actual measured voltage) is lower then the dead-band limit then
the voltage regulator will be blocked.
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
0958.

0959.

0960.

0961.

0962.

0963.

0964.

0965.

0966.REMOTE –
0967.

0968.SETPOINT

switch by event: 1000
characteristic : ON->OFF
setpoint
: 100.0 %
break time
:
4.0 sec
pulse time
:
3.0 sec
deadband
:
2.0 %
higher event
lower event
higher event
:
0
lower event
:
0
analog input
: OFF
BACK

Figure 2-40

Setting range:
0-9999 (event number)
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %

0-9999 (event number)
0-9999 (event number)
OFF/CURR.1-4

EXIT

Voltage regulator

Parameter description:
0958.

- switch by event
:
ON/OFF switch of voltage regulator function; all devices in one net must have this switch
enabled for activation!

0959.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of voltage regulator ON/OFF switch parameter [0958]:

“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be
switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be
switched on.

0960.

- setpoint
Set point for voltage regulator

0961.

- break time
:
Break time for the voltage regulator; the break time is the interval time for the controller. At
the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the voltage control will be calculated
and started.

- 68/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0962.

- pulse time
:
Pulse time of the voltage regulator; the pulse time depends on the difference between the
set point and the actual measured voltage of the generator. The voltage control events
[0964] and [0965] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. The pulse time will
be calculated as follows:
Pulse time = voltage difference * Parameter [0962] / 100
Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the setpoint.

0963.

- deadband
:
Deadband of the controller; if the voltage difference (set point to actual measured generator
voltage) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0964.

- higher event
Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is
active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage of the generator. This event
is used to activate a function output.

0965.

- lower event
Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is
active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage of the generator. This event
is used to activate a function output.

.

.

0966. REMOTE
- higher event
:
0967.
- lower event
:
Over this events the voltage can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs, or
communication).
0968. SETPOINT analog input
:
This parameter enables the voltage regulator setpoint over an analog input. The analog
input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%],
otherwise parameter [0960] will be taken as the valid setpoint. The setpoint will be
calculated from the nominal voltage parameter [0201]. The full and zero scale of the analog
input works as a limitation.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 69/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 2-41 shows the voltage band, including the common limit values and the corresponding
restriction of the voltage regulator.

Parameter
[1606]

Voltage
U>>trip breaker
[ANSI 59_2]

[0684]

U>abnormal

[1602]

U>alarm

Synchronizing
blocked

[ANSI 59_1]
[0201]

UN

[1102]

U< alarm

Operating area for
voltage regulator

[ANSI 27_1]
[0685]

[1104]

U<abnormal
U<< trip breaker

Synchronizing
blocked

[ANSI 27_2]

Figure 2-41

- 70/208 -

Voltage regulator area

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.6 Power factor controller
The parameters of the power factor contain the settings for balancing the reactive power load
within the BUS section (see figure 2-42). The power factor controller works as a three-point
controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the power factor set point and the
actual measured power factor will be calculated. With this power factor difference, the pulse time
for voltage higher and lower control will be calculated. The set point for the power factor regulator
is the average net reactive power when the generators are operating in symmetrical load sharing
mode. When the generators are in the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the set point for the power
factor regulation is fixed by the setting of parameter [0979]. If the power difference (set point to
actual power factor) is lower then the deadband then power factor control is blocked.

POWER FACTOR CONTROLLER

Setting range:

0970.SYM.
– switch by event:
0
0971.
– characteristic : ON->OFF
0972.
– break time
:
5.0 sec
0973.
- pulse time
:
3.0 sec
0974.
– deadband
:
2.0 %
0975.
– higher event
0976.
– lower event
0977.ASYM. – switch by event:
0
0978.
– characteristic : ON->OFF
0979.
– setpoint
: 0.80 cap
0980.Controller condition
: CAP
0981.Activation current limit:
0 %

0-9999
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %

BACK
Figure 2-42

0-9999
ON->OFF/OFF->ON
0.00-9.99 cap
CAP/IND
0-9999 %

EXIT

Power factor controller

Parameter description:
0970. SYM.
- switch by event
:
ON/OFF switch of power factor control function; all devices in one net must have this switch
enabled for activation!
0971.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of power factor control ON/OFF switch parameter [0970]:

0972.

“ON -> OFF”: If the switch event of parameter [0970] turns to active power factor
control function will be switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If the switch event of power factor control turns to active power factor
control function will be switched on.

- break time
:
Break time for the power factor controller; the break time is the interval time for the
controller. At the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the power factor control
will be calculated and started.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 71/208 -

Service Manual

0973.

- pulse time
:
Pulse time of the power factor controller; the pulse time depends on the difference between
the set point and the actual measured power factor of the generator. The voltage control
events [0975] and [0976] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. Voltage
control event [0975] is to increase the voltage (increase the ind. load) and event [0976] to
decrease the voltage (increase the capacitive load). The pulse time will be calculated as
follows:
Pulse time = power factor difference * Parameter [0973] / 100
Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the nominal voltage.

0974.

- deadband
:
Deadband of the controller; if the power factor difference (set point to actual measured
power factor of the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0975.

- higher event
Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller
is active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage. This event should be used
to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.

0976.

- lower event
Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller is
active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage. This event should be used
to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.

.

.

0977. ASYM.
- switch by event
:
Special application for power factor controller; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical power factor
function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the power factor controller can be
switched on and off by activating this event.
In the asymmetrical mode the power factor controller uses a fixed power factor set point
parameter [0979], instead of the average power factor of the net. The asymmetrical PF
mode is allowed if at minimum two generator sets feed the BUS.
0978.

0979.

- characteristic
:
Switch characteristic of asymmetrical power factor ON/OFF switch parameter [0977]:

“ON -> OFF”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical power
factor function will be switched off.

“OFF -> ON”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical load
power factor function will be switched on.

- setpoint
:
Set point for the asymmetrical power factor controller; the range for this set point is
0-100, which is equal to a power factor of 0.00-1.00 (ind). This parameter can be changed
also on the load page (Asym. PF).

0980. Controller condition
:
This parameter defines the regulator direction of the power factor controller (both the
symmetrical and the asymmetrical). It simply inverts the output events [0975] and [0976].
0981. Activation current limit
:
With this parameter a activation limit for the sym. and the asym. controller can be set. The
limit refers to the measured generator average current. The other nodes will continue
regulating without the deactivate node. This parameter can be disabled by setting it to zero.

- 72/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.7 Big consumer request (BCR)
Within the power management function a load controller is available to manage big consumer
requests (see figure 2-43). The load controller parameters contain the settings for the request and
the control and the release of big consumers within the same BUS section. A maximum of 14 big
consumers are managed by one device. After the request of a big consumer, the system checks
the spinning reserve (valid load) of the corresponding net. Depending on the value of the spinning
reserve, the load controller will start another diesel aggregates or release the big consumer
directly. As long as the big consumer request is active, load depending stop of the power
management will be blocked.
BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR)
0984. REQUEST 1 by event
:
0985.
– requested load :
0986.
– analog feedback:
0987.
– reserved
:
0988. REQUEST 2 by event
:
0989.
– requested load :
0990.
– analog feedback:
0991.
– reserved
:
0992. REQUEST 3 by event
:
0993.
– requested load :
0994.
– analog feedback:
BACK
Figure 2-43

Setting range:

511
655 kW
OFF

0-9999
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4

513
850 kW
OFF

0-9999
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4

0
0 kW
OFF

EXIT

0-9999
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4

Big consumer request (BCR)-1

BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR)
0995.
0996.
0997.
0998.
0999.
2370.
2371.
2372.
2373.
2374.
2375.


REQUEST



REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
-

reserved
:
4 by event
:
requested load :
analog feedback:
reserved
:
5 by event
:
requested load :
6 by event
:
requested load :
7 by event
:
requested load :
BACK

Figure 2-44

®

SYMAP

Setting range:

0
0 kW

OFF
0
0 kW
0
0 kW
0
0 kW↓
EXIT

0-9999
0-65000 kW
OFF/CURR.1-4
0-9999
0-65000 kW
0-9999
0-65000 kW
0-9999
0-65000 kW

Big consumer request (BCR)-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 73/208 -

Service Manual

BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR)
2376.
2377.
2378.
2379.
2380.
2381.
2382.
2383.
2384.
2385.
2386.
2387.
2388.
2389.

REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
-

8 by event
requested load
9 by event
requested load
10 by event
requested load
11 by event
requested load
12 by event
requested load
13 by event
requested load
14 by event
requested load

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

BACK
Figure 2-45

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0


kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW

Setting range:
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000
0-9999
0-65000

kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW

EXIT

Big consumer request (BCR)-3

The load controller of the system operates in the following way: After a consumer request, the load
controller evaluates the load of the BUS section, in which the consumer has been requested.
Depending on the load situation, the load controller will release the big consumer directly or after it
has started one or more engines.
The following parameter description refers to Big Consumer Request 1, since each consumer
requests (1-14) have similar parameters with the exception of the event numbers.
The Big Consumer Requests 5-14 have no analog feedbacks.
Release events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 984,988,992,996.
Release events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: even event numbers: 2370 – 2388.
Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 986,990,994,998.
Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: odd event numbers: 2371 – 2389.
Parameter description:
0984. REQUEST 1 by event
:
Request load-depending connection to Big Consumer 1; select event number (normally a
function input) and via it, enter request; the event must be active steadily until the big
consumer has been switched on. Should the signal remain on at the input, diesel stop will
be blocked. (Use for bow thrusters operation.)
0985.

- requested load
:
Enter power of Consumer 1; if there is sufficient reserve power event [0984] will be set
without a delay. If there isn’t sufficient power one or more diesel engines will be started. If
after switching on the additional diesel engines sufficient power becomes available event
[0984] will be set after the load balancing delay time (set with parameter [0189]). Event
[0984] should be put on an output relay. If the power is not available event [0986] will be
activated (for alarm).

- 74/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0986.

- analog feedback
:
Load state of big consumer during operation; via an analogous input, the load state of the
big consumer (actual load referring to nominal load) can be sent to the load controller. With
this additional information, the load controller can reserve the required load at the BUS. If
the reserved load of the big consumer is higher than the valid load within the BUS section
one or more engines will be started, if available. This additional function of the load
controller works when the request event (event [0984]) is active.
Use one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit of the system (Analogue in 4-20 mA).
Example:
If a 4-20 mA input is selected then an analogous signal of 4 mA means that no power of the
consumer is in use. 20 mA means the total power of the consumer parameter [0985] is in
use.
The feedbacks can be activated with the related parameters [0986], [0990], [0994] or
[0998]. The measure type of the selected analog input must be set to "%" or "Load [%]".
The reserved power will be calculated from the actual analog input value if the request gets
released.
Example for request 1: the requested load (parameter [0985]) is 500 kW. The actual analog
input value is 10 %. So, the actual reserved power for this request is 450 kW.
The system collects the feedbacks of all released requests. If another request gets active,
the reserved power for all previously released requests are taken into account. This is done
by reducing the actual spinning reserve by the amount of all present reserved power for all
released requests with analog feedbacks. The spinning reserve display on the PM page
shows this reduced value.
The PM load depending starting (only the average load limits) and stopping (only the stop
load limit) are also affected by active analog feedbacks. This functions uses a modified
actual net load if there are active analog feedbacks in the net. This modified actual net load
will be calculated by adding the present reserved power for all released requests to the
actual net load. The modified actual net load is not shown on the display, or transferred via
communication.
Big consumer requests with analog feedbacks will not block the PM stop condition
(parameter [0913])!
The present reserved power will be shown on the PM page (same line as NET kW) if there
are active analog feedbacks in the net.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 75/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.8 Blackout
The blackout module offers a powerful supervisory system, which is capable of managing all
emergency situations in one net (see figure 2-46).
Setting range:

BLACKOUT
0230.
0231.
0232.
0233.
0234.
0235.
0236.
0237.
0238.
0239.
0240.
0241.
0242.
0243.
0244.
0245.
0246.

BUS 1 – blackout by
:
0
– mains monitor : REDUNDANT
– voltage limit: 40.0 %
– start delay
:
2.0 sec
– start diesel
: NEXT
– stop enable by : 2957
– stop delay
:
0 sec
BUS 2 – blackout by
:
0
– mains monitor :
ON
– voltage limit: 40.0 %
– start delay
:
2.0 sec
- stop enable by : 2957
– stop delay
:
0 sec
STOP BUS 1,2 blocked by:
522
STOP preliminary output
START BUS 1 blocked by :
0
START BUS 2 blocked by :
0
BACK

Figure 2-46

0-9999 event
OFF/SINGLE/REDUNDANT
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
ALL/NEXT/OWN/SEQUENCE
0-9999 event
0-9999 sec
0-9999 event
OFF/ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999 event
0-9999 sec
0-9999 event
0-9999 event
0-9999 event

EXIT

Blackout

Parameter description:
0230. BUS1
- blackout by
:
Blackout 1 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input).
0231.

- mains monitor
:
Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS1 voltage
when this parameter is set to SINGLE or REDUNDANT. Redundancy means that all
devices in one net must recognize the BUS1 voltage limit.

0232.

- voltage limit
:
If parameter [0231] is enabled and one of the 3 lines of BUS1 voltage is lower than the limit
of parameter [0232] then the mains monitor condition is fulfilled and event [0232] will be set.

0233.

- start delay
:
The delay will start if the blackout event condition [0230] or the mains monitor condition
[0232] occurs. If the delay is passed blackout BUS1 start condition is fullfiled and event
[0233] will be set.

- 76/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0234.

- start diesel
:
The starting mode can be set by this parameter. All devices in one net should have this
parameter set to the same value. There are several possibilities according to the mode:

“ALL”:

All stand-by diesels will start and close their CBs.

“NEXT”:

The first stand-by diesel will start.

“OWN”:

The own diesel (if in standby) will start.

“SEQUENCE”:

All stand-by diesels will start but only the generator with the highest
priority will close its CB. After that, the other generator will cancel the
startphase and remain running. If the first generator fails to close its
CB within 3 seconds, the generator with the next highest priority has
the permission to close its CB.

NOTE: If more than one generator is started (by any source) and no CB is closed in the
net a special interlock function becomes active. This function assures that only one
generator at the same time has the permission to close the CB. The permission
time is limited to 3 seconds. The other generators will remain waiting with blocked
synchronic-events [1023],[1053] and[1083].
0235.
0236.

- stop enable by
:
- stop delay
:
The stop delay gets activated if parameter [0235] is activated, the diesel is running and
Blackout 1 is inactive. If the delay is passed and if Automatic has been selected and if
event [0243] is inactive then the “own” diesel will be stopped.

0237. BUS2
- blackout by
:
Blackout 2 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input).
0238.

- mains monitor
:
Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS2 voltage if
parameter [0238] is switched to ON.

0239.

- voltage limit
:
If parameter [0231] is activated and one of the three lines of BUS2 voltage is lower than the
limit of parameter [0239] then the mains monitor condition will be fulfilled and event [0239]
will be set.

0240.

- start delay
:
The delay will start if the Blackout Event Condition [0237] or the Mains Monitor Condition
[0239] occurs. If the delay is over event [0240] will be set and the device will start the “own”
diesel (if in stand-by).

0241.
0242.

- stop enable by
:
- stop delay
:
The stop delay gets activated if event [0241] is activated, the diesel is running and if
Blackout 2 is inactive. If the delay is over and Automatic and event [0243] is inactive, the
device will stop the “own” diesel.

0243. STOP BUS1/2 blocked by
:
The stopping of Blackout 1 or 2 can be blocked with this event.
0244. STOP preliminary output
The event [0244] will be activated if the Delay [0236] or [0242] is passed and the stop is
blocked by event [0243] or manual mode.
.

0245. START BUS1 blocked by
:
The starting of Blackout 1 can be blocked with this event.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 77/208 -

Service Manual

0246. START BUS2 blocked by
:
The starting of Blackout 2 can be blocked with this event.
NOTE: For an automatic stop after blackout, it is advisable to use the event [2957] (blackout start
source) on parameters [0235] or [0241], because the event [2957] will be set on blackout
start and will remain active until the engine is stopped by any source.

- 78/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

For details related to the blackout function, refer to the figure 2-47.

P [0234]:
OWN
AUTOM.

P [0230]: by event

&

&

P [0232]:

START
OWN

&

E
[0233]

≥1

P [0231]:
SINGLE/

E [0245] (start blocked

Limit reached

1

All net

&
P [0234]:

CAN 1 - Bus

P [0234]: NEXT

One node by P
[0230]
All nodes with REDUNDANT: Limit reached
One node with SINGLE limit

P [0237]: by
t

&

START
ALL
STANDBYS

E [0240]

≥1

P [0238]: ON

&

P [0239]:

START
NEXT
STANDBY

≥1

P [0234]:
ALL/SEQUENCE

Maste

BUS1

&

AUTOM.

Limit reached

START
OWN

E [0246] (start blocked

2

BUS2

&

E [0235] (stop enable
AUTOM.

Engine

&

P [0234]: OWN

P
[0236]

&
≥1

&
1

STOP
OWN

≥1

P [0234]:
No net node
with Blackout 1

&

≥1

E [0244]
Preliminary
Output event

E [0243] (stop blocked
E [0241] (stop enable
P [0242]
Engine

2
Stop 1/2
Figure 2-47

®

SYMAP

&

&
AUTOM.

Blackout logic

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 79/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.9 Engine control
The diesel control unit of the system controls and supervises the starting and stopping sequences
of the aggregate. The diesel control group contains the general parameter for speed adjustment
and prelubricating interval (see figure 2-48).
Setting range:

ENGINE CONTROL
0260.
0261.
0262.
0263.
0264.
0265.
0266.
0267.
0268.
0269.
0270.
0271.
0272.
0273.
0274.
0275.
0276.
0277.

Engine control
:
ON
SPEED – nominal
: 1800 rpm
– ignition
:
15.0 %
– running up
:
85.0 %
– overspeed
:
150.0 %
TACHO - input
:
OFF
PICKUP - input
:
ON
– impuls / rev. :
4
LIMITS – n max. diff. : 10.0 %
– n high limit : 105.0 %
– n low limit
: 95.0 %
PRELUBRICATE -pulsetime:
20 sec
-breaktime:
500 sec
Alarmblocking delay
:
5.0 sec
ENGINE - speed preset :
0.0 %
- activate by
:
0 ev.
MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout:
0 ev.
Ignition by event
:
0 ev.
BACK

Figure 2-48

OFF/ON
0-99999 rpm
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/CURR.1-4
OFF/ON/IGNITION/BIN.INP.
0-9999
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0-99999
sec
0-99999
sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999
0-9999
0-9999

EXIT

Engine control

Parameter description:
0260. Engine control
:
Main switch for engine control; by setting this parameter to “ON”, the engine control function
(starting and stopping of the aggregate) will be activated.
0261. SPEED
- nominal
:
Nominal speed of the engine; the nominal speed of the engine should be given in
revolutions per minute (RPM).
0262.

- ignition
:
Ignition speed limit; the ignition speed limit will be used within the starting phase to switch
off the start valve when the speed signal exceeds this limit.

0263.

- running up
:
Running-up speed limit; the running-up speed limit will be used within the starting phase to
recognize that the engine is ready to take load.

0264.

- overspeed
:
Overspeed limit; the overspeed limit can be used for the alarm system. This event number
should be used to activate an alarm channel.

- 80/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0265.TACHO
- input
:
Analogous input for speed measurement; if a tacho generator gives the speed signal of the
engine one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit should be used. The adjustment
setting of the analogous inputs is done within the parameter group “analog inputs” (see
chapter 2.5).
0266. PICKUP
- input
:
0267.
- impuls /rev.
:
Pick-up input for speed measurement; if a pick-up system provides the speed signal
parameter [0266] should be set to “ON”. The number of impulses the pick-up system
recognizes during one revolution has to be set with parameter [0267].
If parameter [0266] is set to “IGNITION” and at the pickup input is a high-signal the device
will take the limit from parameter [0262] as the pickup speed value.
The pickup input can be used as a common binary input (Event [0266]) if parameter [0266]
is set to “BIN.INP”.
0268. LIMITS
- n max. diff.
:
The speed signal can be measured via three speed channels: tacho generator, pick-up
system and via the generator voltage signal. Depending on which speed measuring system
is active, the speed signals of the respective channel are compared among themselves.
When the measured speed signal differs more than this limit, event [0268] will be activated.
Use this event number to activate a alarm.
The following two parameters are speed limit events. These events will be activated when
the speed signal fulfills the corresponding conditions. They can be used for alarming.
0269.

- n high limit
:
High speed limit; event [0269] will be activated if the speed signal is higher than this limit.

0270.

- n low limit
:
Low speed limit; event [0270] will be activated if the speed signal is lower than this limit.

0271. PRELUBRICATE
- pulsetime
:
0272.
- breaktime
:
Prelubricating interval; for prelubricating the engine a pulse and a break time can be
defined. During the prelubricating pulse time, event [0271] is activated. This event has to be
used to activate prelubrication via a function output. After the pulse time is passed, the
break time will be started.
Prelubrication works only in automatic mode. If the mode is started from manual to
automatic then prelubricating process will be introduced and started with the pulse time.
The following events introduce the prelubrication process.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 81/208 -

Service Manual

0273.Alarmblocking delay
:
For diesel engines it is necessary to block some alarm channels which are related to engine
warnings. The alarm blocking event [0273] will be activated immediately when the speed
signal falls below the ignition limit or if the running down phase event [0658] is active or the
fixed delay event [0659] is active (see figure 2-49). If the speed signal reaches the ignition
limit again event [0273] will be inactive after the setted delay is over.
P [0273]
E [0262] n > ignition
E [0658] Running down time

≥1

E [0273]

E [0659] Stopp fixed delay

Figure 2-49

Alarm blocking logic

0274. ENGINE
- speed preset
:
0275.
- activate by
:
The speed will be set to parameter [0274] (in %) if the event set by parameter [0275] gets
active.
If MDEC is active the speed (analog speed) will be sent to the MDEC unit for the fixed time
of 2 sec. After the 2 sec the speed demand will be reset to UP/DOWN. The preset is
disabled if parameter [0274] = 0.
0276. MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout
:
If the event is active the Cyl.Cutout 1+2 of the MDEC Controller are both disabled.
0277. Ignition by event
:
If the event is active the ignition speed is reached.
Parameter [0266] must be set to “OFF” if this parameter [0277] is in use.

- 82/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.10

Starting phase

The parameters of the starting phase contain the settings for control and supervision of the engine
during the starting phase (see figure 2-50).
Setting range:

ENGINE STARTING PHASE
0630.PREGLOWING - max time :
4.0
0631.
– shorten by:
0
0632.START VALVE – max trials:
3
0633.
– fuel valve:
NO
0634.
– at RPM=0 :
NO
0635.
– max time :
5.0
0636.
– BREAKTIME : 10.0
0637.RUNNING UP - max time *: 20.0
0638.
– min volt. : 90.0
0639.READY TO TAKE LOAD time :
3.0
0640.SYNCHRONIZING max time *: 120.0
0641.Start next after 1 trial:
NO
0642.Cancel if n > ignition :
NO
0643.Cancel start by event
:
0
0644.Start counter
:
0
0645.All start trials in MANU:
NO
BACK
Figure 2-50

sec

sec
sec
sec
%
sec
sec

0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999
0-9999
NO/YES
NO/YES
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9%
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
NO/YES/BLACKOUT/NO START
NO/YES
0-9999
0-65535
NO/YES

EXIT

Starting phase

The starting sequence includes a maximum of five phases (see also figure 2-50):
1. Preglowing time
The first phase of the start procedure is used to preglow the engine. This phase can be
shortened by an event.
2. Start time
After preglowing the engine, the start time is activated. During this period the start valve
will be activated to run up the engine. This phase can be shortened by reaching the
ignition speed. After reaching the ignition speed, the start valve will be reset.
3. Running-up time
The running-up time is a supervision time. If during this period the engine can not reach
the running-up speed and minimum voltage limit a fail event will be issued.
4. Ready-to-take-load time
After reaching running-up conditions, the ready-to-take-load phase will be started.
During this time the engine has to stabilize the speed before starting synchronization
+ or in case of blackout, the engine has to take the load immediately.
5. Synchronizing period
During the synchronizing time, the speed and voltage controller try to synchronize the
diesel generator to the BUS. In case both systems are synchronized, the circuit breaker
on command will be issued.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 83/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description:
0630. PREGLOWING
- max time
:
Preglowing of the engine; this time defines the preglowing period of the engine. The starting
phase of the aggregate begins with the preglowing period. After this period the starting
valve will be set. If no preglowing time is required the time should be set to zero. If the
preglowing time is running event [0630] will be set by the system. This event is used to
activate a function output.
0631.

- shorten by
:
The preglowing period (see parameter [0630]) can be interrupted by an event. If the event
(defined with this parameter) is active the preglowing period will be interrupted and the start
valve will be activated.

0632. START VALVE
- max trials
:
Number of start attempts; if the engine speed is below the ignition limit the start procedure
will be separated into three phases: 1. preglowing, 2. the start time (start valve) and if the
engine has not reached the ignition speed, 3.the break time.
The number of starts to be attempted should be entered here. At the end of the last
unsuccessful start attempt, a start fault alarm will be displayed.
0633.

- fuel valve
:
If a fuel oil valve is in use this parameter has to be set to “ON.” During start or operation of
the diesel engine, the event [0660] is always active. This event becomes inactive within the
stopping phase or if the engine is stopped (see figure 2-56).
E [0262] n > ignition

Startphase

≥1
&

E [0660]

Stopphase

Figure 2-51

0634.

Fuel oil valve logic

- at RPM=0
:
When the engine speed reaches 0 rpm the start valve can be set.

“YES”: Start process is initialised here when the speed = 0. With this, break time
may be prolonged (for electro starters).

“NO”:

Start process is initialized at the end of break time even if the diesel engine
still operates below ignition speed.

0635.

- max time
:
Maximum energizing time of start relay during start phase; use event [0635] to set the
function output for the start relay.

0636.

- BREAKTIME
:
Break time between start attempts during start phase

0637. RUNNING UP
- max time *
:
0638.
- min volt.
:
Running-up supervision time; the maximum supervising time allowed between rising above
ignition speed and reaching running-up speed should be entered here. The diesel
generator is run up if the speed signal is above the running-up limit parameter [0263] and
the voltage of the generator is higher than the minimum voltage of parameter [0638].
- 84/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0639. READY TO TAKE LOAD time
:
After the diesel generator reaches the run-up conditions (see parameters [0637] and
[0638]) the ready-to-take-load delay will operate. This time delay is used to stabilize the
speed of the engine. After this delay time the next phase of the starting procedure will be
introduced (e.g. switch on the synchronizing unit).
0640. SYNCHRONIZING max time *
:
Synchronizing supervision time; if the diesel generator is ready to take load event [0640]
will be activated. With this event one of the 3 synchronizing units can be activated. To
supervise the synchronizing phase, a time limit can be entered. If after this time the circuit
breaker is not connected to the BUS a start failure will be issued.
0641. Start next after 1.trial

:

“NO”:

After the last unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the
next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.

“YES”:

After the first unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the
next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.

“BLACKOUT”: After the first unsuccessful start attempt the next generator will be
started if Blackout 1 or 2 (event [0233] or [0240]) is active on that
device.

“NO START”:

no diesel engine will be started in any cases.

0642. Cancel if n > ignition
:
With this parameter an additional condition for the start phase cancellation can be defined:

“NO”:

“YES”: cancel the start phase if the CB is closed and if the speed reaches the
ignition limit

cancel the start phase if the CB is closed

0643. Cancel start by event
:
If this event is active any start will be cancelled or blocked.
0644. Start counter
:
Counts the start valves (event [0635]); this counter is also shown on the Diesel overview
page.
0645. All start trials in MANU
:
Only one start trial will be executed (without start failure supervision) if this parameter is set
on “NO” and a start command is given over the front key and the device is in “MANUAL”.
Otherwise all trials are issued (with start failure supervision).

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 85/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.11

Stopping phase

The parameters of the stopping phase include the settings for control and supervision of the
engine during the stopping phase (see figure 2-52).
ENGINE STOPPING PHASE

Setting range:

0650.Stop abort if last gen. :
NO
0651.ALARM DELAY – max time : 120.0 sec
0652.LOAD REDUCT. – by event :
511
0653.
– loadlimit:
5.0 %
0654.
– max time : 20.0 sec
0655.
– CB OFF
0656.COOLING DOWN – time
: 120.0 sec
0657.
– if alarm :
NO
0658.RUNNING-DOWN – max time : 30.0 sec
0659.FIXED DELAY - time
: 10.0 sec
0660.Stop valve event
0661.Emergency stop by event :
517 ev.
0662.Stop interlock by event :
519 ev.
0663.Cancel stop by event
:
0 ev.
0664.No abort of stopphase
:
0 ev.
0665.LOAD RED. pulse/pause by:
0 ev.
0666.No cooling down phase
:
0 ev.
BACK
Figure 2-52

YES/NO
0.0-999.9 sec
0-9999
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
event number
0.0-999.9 sec
YES/NO
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 sec
event number
0-9999 event number
0-9999 event number
0-9999 event number
0-9999 event number
0-9999 event number
0-9999 event number

EXIT

Stopping phase

The stopping sequence includes at maximum four phases (see also figure 3-52):
1. Alarm stop delay
This phase will be used to start and connect another diesel aggregate to the BUS
before the engine is stopped.
2. Off with load reduction
Within this phase, the load of the diesel generator is reduced with the speed lower
signal. If the load is under a certain limit the circuit breaker will be disconnected.
3. Running-down phase
The running-down phase is a supervision period. During this period, the speed of the
engine is reduced via the stop valve output. If the speed signal does not fall below the
ignition speed during that time an alarm event will be issued.
4. Stop delay fixed time
During the stop delay fixed time the event for the stop valve will be set. This event is
used to ensure that the engine reaches zero speed.
Parameter description:
0650. Stop abort if last gen.
:
Block stop order supervision; this parameter should be set to “YES,” if you want to block the
stop order when the corresponding diesel generator is the last aggregate loading the BUS.
Stop orders introduced by alarms with any priority and the immediate stop order from the
keyboard or by event [0661] will stop the engine regardless of this parameter.

- 86/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0651.ALARM DELAY
- max time
:
Stop delay time; if an alarm (see chapter 1.3) with priority 2, 6, 8 or 9 introduces a stop of
the engine the beginning of the stopping phase can be delayed with this delay time. This
period of time is used to start and connect another diesel generator to the BUS. The alarm
delay maximum time can be shortened if another diesel generator is connected to the BUS
before this time has passed.
0652. LOAD REDUCT.
- by event
:
The load reduction phase will be introduced automatically within the stopping phase. If
another event activates the load reduction function (e.g. off-switch at the front door of the
cubical) then the event number should be set here.
Event [0652] is also the speed lower event and can be used on an binary output.
0653.

- loadlimit
:
Load limit for load reduction function; during the off with load reduction phase, the speed
lower event will be set by the system until the load of the diesel generator is below this limit.
Then the circuit breaker will be disconnected.

0654.

- max time
:
Maximum time for load reduction phase; if the load reduction phase is not finished within
this supervision time, a failure event will be issued.

0655.

- CB OFF
Event for circuit breaker OFF command; this event number can be used to give out the
circuit breaker OFF command.
.

0656. COOLING DOWN
- time
:
If the load reduction phase is finished the cooling down of the engine will be introduced. A
period of time in which the engine should cool down with nominal speed should be entered
here.
0657.

- if alarm
:
If an alarm with priority 2, 6 or 8 activates the stopping of the engine the user can decide
whether or not the cooling down period of the engine will also be activated.

0658. RUNNING-DOWN
- max time
:
Running-down supervision time; a supervision period in which the speed of the engine
should fall below the ignition speed limit while the stop valve is active should be entered
here.
0659. FIXED DELAY
- time
:
Stop delay fixed time; if the speed signal is lower then the ignition speed limit the stop delay
fixed time starts. During this period the stop valve will be activated.
0660. Stop valve event
Event number for stop valve; this event number is used to activate a function output that is
connected to the stop valve (relay).
.

0661. Emergency stop by event
:
If the event (e.g. a function input) becomes active an emergency stop will be introduced.
0662. Stop interlock by event
:
If the event (e.g. a function input) is active all stop sources will be blocked (even alarm
stops), with the exception of emergency stops by key or by event [0661].
0663. Cancel stop by event
:
If this event is active any stop (even emergency stops) will be cancelled or blocked.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 87/208 -

Service Manual

0664. No abort of stopphase
:
An interruption of any stop phase (through any start source) is not possible if the event set
under parameter [0664] is active. Furthermore all starts are blocked.
0665. LOAD RED. pulse/pause by
:
The pulse/pause function for the load reduction phase can be enabled with this event
switch. The pulse/pause times will be taken from the Load sharing parameters [2494] and
[2495] (must be greater zero!). The function works in all Load reduction modes (within the
stop phase, or “by event”). Event [0652] (n<) will be filtered by the event history.
0666. No cooling down phase
:
If active, no cooling down phase will be introduced.

- 88/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Figure 2-53

SYMAP

®

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

[271]

[113]

[652]

[273]

FEEDBACK BREAKER ON

n< (SPEED LOWER)

ALARM BLOCKING

PREGLOWING

START VALVE
(BREAK TIME)

[635]

[630]

3) GENERATOR VOLTAGE

2) EVENT IS ACTIVE AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS CLOSED

1) A. C. B. OFF WITH LOAD REDUCTION IS AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS SWITCHED OFF

DISPLAY INDICATION

[655]

[xxx]

BREAKER ON NEXT DIESEL

BREAKER OFF

[661]

PRELUBRICATION

[660]

FUEL VALVE

STOP VALVE

[635]

[635]

START VALVE

EMERGENCY STOP

[630]

[635]

PREGLOW

BOOSTER VALVES

START TIME (1)

PREGLOW TIME

IMMEDIATE
START

OPERATOIN/
SYNCHRONI. WORKING

[640]

[659]

READY TO TAKE LOAD

SYNCHRONISING SUPERVISED TIME (2)

WAITING FOR TAKE LOAD TIME

3)

ALARM BLOCKING
RELEASE

DIESEL
OPERATION

BREAKER
ON

ALL NOTES IN BRACKETS ARE REFERING TO THE PARAMETER RECORD OF SYMAP®

RUNNING UP

[637]

SUPERVISED TIME (2)

RUNNING UP

[273]

TIME FOR RELEASE ALARM BLOCKING

RATED
SPEED / VOLTAGE

~
~

EVENTS (OUTPUTS):

IGNITION SPEED [262]

RUNNING UP SPEED [263]

NOMINAL RATED SPEED 100% [261]

OVERSPEED [264]

SPEED / %

START

t (TIME)

Service Manual

Starting procedure of the diesel generator

- 89/208 -

- 90/208 -

Figure 2-54

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc
[xxx]
[655]
[271]
[113]
[652]
[273]

BREAKER OFF

PRELUBRICATION

FEEDBACK BREAKER ON

n< (SPEED LOWER)

ALARM BLOCKING

ALARM 2 DLEAY

REDUCTION

[651]

REDUCTION

LOAD 1)

2) EVENT IS ACTIVE AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS CLOSED

[655]

OFF WITH LOAD

1)

BREAKER
OFF

AL.2 STOP DELAY TIME

DELAYED
STOP

1) A. C. B. OFF WITH LOAD REDUCTION IS AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS SWITCHED OFF

DISPLAY INDICATION

[661]

[660]

STOP VALVE

EMERGENCY STOP

[635]

FUEL VALVES

BREAKER ON NEXT DIESEL

[635]

[635 + 637]

[630]

START VALVE

BOOSTER VALVES

PREGLOW

EVENTS (OUTPUTS):

IGNITION SPEED [262]

RUNNING UP SPEED [263]

NOMINAL RATED SPEED 100% [261]

OVERSPEED [264]

SPEED / %

DELAYED
ALARM STOP

COOLING DOWN

2)

[656]

COOLING DOWN TIME

2)

RUNNING DOWN

[658]

RUNNING DOWN SUPERVISE TIME (2)

STOP FIXED

[659]

STOP DELAY FIXED TIME

t (TIME)

ALL NOTES IN BRACKETS ARE REFERING TO THE PARAMETER RECORD OF SYMAP®

IMMEDIATE
STOP

Service Manual

Stopping procedure of the diesel generator

SYMAP

®

Service Manual

2.10.12

Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition

With the parameter group “preferential trip limits,” the conditions for non-essential consumer trip
and abnormal BUS situation can be defined (see figure 2-55).
Setting range:

PREFERENTIAL TRIP LIMITS
0670.
0671.
0672.
0673.
0674.
0675.
0676.
0677.
0678.
0679.
0680.
0681.
0682.
0683.
0684.
0685.
0686.
0687.

HIGH CURRENT –







LOW FREQUENCY

1. limit: 70.0 %
delay: 30.0 sec
2. limit: 75.0 %
delay: 15.0 sec
3. limit: 80.0 %
delay:
5.0 sec
4. limit:
0.0 %
delay:
0.0 sec
– limit:
0.0 %
– delay:
0.0 sec
HIGH LOAD
– limit:
0.0 %
– delay:
0.0 sec
BUS1 ABNORM.- overfreq.: 51.50 Hz
- underfreq: 48.50 Hz
– overvolt.: 105.0 %
– undervolt: 95.0 %
- delay: 10.0 sec
PREF.TRIP –check limits:
NET
BACK

Figure 2-55

0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
0.00-99.99 Hz
0.00-99.99 Hz
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.5…999.9 sec
OWN/NET

(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)

(0.5 sec steps)

EXIT

Preferential trip limits

Parameter description:
Preferential trip settings [0670] to [0681]:
0670. HIGH CURRENT
- 1. limit
:
Setting of the first current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0670] will be activated.
0671.

delay
:
If event [0670] is active and this delay time is passed event [0671] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0670]
(including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0672.

- 2. limit
:
Setting of the second current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0672] will be activated.

0673.

delay
:
If event [0672] is active and this delay time is passed event [0673] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0672]
(including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0674.

- 3. limit
:
Setting of the third current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0674] will be activated.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 91/208 -

Service Manual

0675.

delay
:
If event [0674] is active and this delay time is passed event [0675] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0674]
(including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0676.

- 4. limit
:
Setting of the fourth current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
current reaches this limit event [0676] will be activated.

0677.

- delay
:
If event [0676] is active and this delay time is passed event [0677] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0676]
(including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0678. LOW FREQUENCY
- limit
:
Setting of the low frequency limit event for preferential trip purpose; this limit will only be
checked if the CB is closed. If the actual measured frequency falls below this limit event
[0678] will be activated.
0679.

- delay
:
If event [0678] is active and this delay time is passed event [0679] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0678] (including
0.1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0680. HIGH LOAD
- limit
:
Setting of the high load limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured
power reaches this limit event [0680] will be activated.
0681.

- delay
:
If event [0680] is active and this delay time is passed event [0681] will be activated and
remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0680]
(including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0687. PREF.TRIP
- check limits
:
This parameter is related to the limits [0670] to [0681], not to the abnormal BUS limits.

“OWN”:

check only the own device

“NET”:

check all devices in the same net

Abnormal BUS1 settings [0682] to [0686]:
0682. BUS1 ABNORM.
- overfreq.
:
Setting of the overfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 frequency reaches this limit event [0682] will be activated.
0683.

- underfreq
:
Setting of the underfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual
measured BUS1 frequency falls below this limit event [0683] will be set.

0684.

- overvolt.
:
Setting of the overvoltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 voltage reaches this limit event [0684] will be activated.

0685.

- undervolt
:
Setting of the under voltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured
BUS1 voltage falls below this limit event [0685] will be activated.

- 92/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0686.

- delay
:
If one of the above conditions (events [0682] to [0685]) is active and this delay time is
passed then event [0686] will be activated. Use this event number for abnormal BUS alarm.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 93/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.13

Additional limits

With these additional limits the user can define further events for his application (see figure 2-56).
The time delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices.
ADDITIONAL LIMITS
0280.
0281.
0282.
0283.
0284.
0285.
0286.
0287.
0288.
0289.
0290.
0291.
0292.
0293.
0294.
0295.
0296.
0297.
0298.
0299.

OVERSPEED



OVERVOLTAGE


OVERCURRENT


OVERLOAD (OWN) –

OVERLOAD (NET) –

PF CAP. LOW


PF IND. LOW


REVERSE POWER


REACT.POWER IND.–

NETLOAD excl.OWN–

limit: 105.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
limit: 115.0 %
delay:
2.5 sec
limit: 90.0 %
delay:
2.5 sec
limit: 95.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
limit: 85.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
limit: 0.75
delay:
4.0 sec
limit: 0.75
delay:
4.0 sec
limit: 10.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
limit: 40.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
limit: 10.0 %
delay:
0.5 sec
BACK

Figure 2-56

Setting range:
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.00-1.00
0.5…999.9
0.00-1.00
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9
0.0-999.9
0.5…999.9

%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)

sec (0.5 sec steps)
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)
(0.5 sec steps)

EXIT

Additional limits

Parameter description:
0280. OVERSPEED
- limit
:
Setting of an additional overspeed limit; if the actual measured speed signal exceeds this
limit event [0280] will be activated.
0281.

- delay
:
If event [0280] is active and this delay time is passed event [0281] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0280] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0282. OVERVOLTAGE
- limit
:
Setting of an additional overvoltage limit; if the actual measured voltage exceeds this limit,
event [0282] will be activated.
0283.

- delay
:
If event [0282] is active and this delay time is passed event [0283] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0282] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0284. OVERCURRENT
- limit
:
Setting of an additional over current limit; if the actual measured current exceeds this limit
event [0284] will be activated.

- 94/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0285.

- delay
:
If event [0284] is active and this delay time is passed event [0285] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0284] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0286. OVERLOAD
(OWN)
- limit
:
Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the feeder exceeds
this limit event [0286] will be activated.
0287.

- delay
:
If event [0286] is active and this delay time is passed event [0287] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0286] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0288. OVERLOAD
(NET)
- limit
:
Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net)
exceeds this limit event [0288] will be activated.
0289.

- delay
:
If event [0288] is active and this delay time is passed event [0289] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0288] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0290. PF CAP. LOW
- limit
:
Setting of a capacitive power factor limit; if the actual measured capacitive power factor falls
below this limit event [0290] will be activated.
0291.

- delay
:
If event [0290] is active and this delay time is passed event [0291] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0290] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0292. PF IND. LOW
- limit
:
Setting of a inductive power factor limit; if the actual measured inductive power factor falls
below this limit event [0292] will be activated.
0293.

- delay
:
If event [0292] is active and this delay time is passed event [0293] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0292] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0294. REVERSE POWER
- limit
:
Setting of an additional reverse power limit; if the actual measured reverse power exceeds
this limit event [0294] will be activated.
0295.

- delay
:
If event [0294] is active and this delay time is passed event [0295] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0294] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0296. REACT.POWER IND.
- limit
:
Setting of a reactive inductive power limit; if the actual measured reactive power (inductive
area only) exceeds this limit event [0296] will be activated.
0297.

- delay
:
If event [0296] is active and this delay time is passed event [0297] will be activated and
remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0296] (including
1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 95/208 -

Service Manual

0298. NETLOAD excl.OWN
- limit
:
Setting of a special overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net),
without the own load, exceeds this limit, event [0298] will be activated. This event can be
used to cancel a stopping phase if the future net load becomes to high, during load
reduction. For this purpose set event [0298] on parameter [0187] (remote start) and the
device will make a restart of the engine.
0299.

- delay
:
If event [0298] is active and this delay time is passed event [0299] will be activated.

- 96/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3 Relay settings
Figures 3-1 to 3-3 show the ANSI device list, a list of the relay protection functions of which
SYMAP® is capable.
ANSI-DEVICE LIST
15
24
25 /A
27
27 B
32
37
40 Q
46
47
49
50BF

Matching device (motorpoti)
Overexcitation relay
Synchronizing relay
Undervoltage relay
Bus undervoltage relay
Overload relay
Undercurrent relay (motor)
Loss of excitation relay
Reverse phase relay
Phase sequence voltage relay
Thermal overload
Breaker failure

SYSTEM

ALARMS

EXIT

Figure 3-1 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-1

ANSI-DEVICE LIST
50
50G/N
51
51G/N
51LR
59
59 B
64/59N
66
67
67GS/GD
78
SYSTEM

Instantaneous overcurrent
Instant. ground overcurrent
AC time overcurrent
AC time ground overcurrent
Locked rotor (motor)
Overvoltage relay
Bus overvoltage relay
Overvoltage ground relay
Start inhibit (motor)
AC directional overcurrent
AC directional ground relay
Vector surge supervision
ALARMS

EXIT

Figure 3-2 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-2

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 97/208 -

Service Manual

ANSI-DEVICE LIST
78 S
79
81
81 B
86
87
87N
94
95i
FF
AL
CW
SYSTEM

Out of step tripping
AC reclosing relay
Frequency relay
Bus frequency relay
Lockout relay
Differential protection
Restrict earth fault relay
Supervision relay
Inrush blocking relay
Fuse failure (voltages)
Auxiliary limits
Contact wear measurement
ALARMS

EXIT

Figure 3-3 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-3

- 98/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.1

ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty)

With this functions it is possible to convert the speed and voltage binary event signals (UP/DOWN)
from any sources to analog values, and proceed them to analog outputs or to the PWM output, in
order to perform an analog regulation.
The sources of binary event signals are all three-point-regulators (Load sharing, Frequency
controller, Voltage regulation...), and any other sources, like communication, manual, binary inputs.
NOTE: This function is only operating with SYMAP XG/BCG!
ANSI 15

Matching device (motorpoti)

1025. SPEED device enable
: ANALOG
1026. – convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.0 mA
1027. – output preset
: 90.0 %
1028.
– activate preset by:
524
1097. - PWM frequency
:
500 Hz
1098. - PWM amplitude max
: 100.0 %
1099. - PWM amplitude min
:
0.0 %
1055. VOLTAGE device enable : OFF
1056. – convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.5 mA
1057. – output preset
: 95.0 % ↓
BACK
EXIT

Setting range:
*
0.0-999.9 mA (% for PWM)
0.0-999.9 %
0-9999
5-5000 Hz
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON/INVERT
0.0-999.9 mA
0.0-999.9 %
* OFF/ANALOG/ANA.INVERT/PWM
/PWM INVERT/CAN BUS

Figure 3-4 ANSI 15-1

ANSI 15
1058.

1280.SPEED
1281.
1282.
1283.
1284.
1285.
1286.
1287.
1288.

Matching device (motorpoti)

Setting range:


activate preset by:
526
- Regulation
: OFF
- match.device max: 120.0 %
- match.device min: 80.0 %
- Droop
:
4.0 %
- PID regulator
: OFF
- PID regulator Kp: 0.80
- PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms
- PID regulator Tv:
30 ms
- output fullscale: 75.0 % ↓
BACK
EXIT

0-9999
OFF/ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.0-655.34
0.0-65535 ms
0.0-65535 ms
0.0-999.9 %

Figure 3-5 ANSI 15-2

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 99/208 -

Service Manual

ANSI 15
1289.
1290.VOLT.
1291.
1292.
1293.
1294.
1295.
1296.
1297.
1298.
1299.

Setting range:

Matching device (motorpoti)
-

output zeroscale: 25.0 %
Regulation
: OFF
match.device max: 120.0 %
match.device min: 80.0 %
Droop
:
4.0 %
PID regulator
: OFF
PID regulator Kp: 0.80
PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms
PID regulator Tv:
30 ms
output fullscale: 75.0 %
output zeroscale: 25.0 %
BACK

0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %
OFF/ON
0.01-99.99
0-65000 ms
0-65000 ms
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Figure 3-6 ANSI 15-3

Parameter description:
1025. SPEED device enable
:
Fixed switch to enable the device for different hardware outputs:

“OFF”:

the function is disabled.

“ANALOG”:

the function is routed to the analog outputs.

“ANA.INVERT”: the function is routed to the analog outputs and the output is inverted.

“PWM”:

“PWM INVERT”: the function is routed to the PWM output and the output is inverted.

„CAN BUS“:

the function is routed to the PWM output.

the function is routed to the CANBUS.

NOTE: For “ANALOG” and “ANA.INVERT” the related analog output must be set to
“Speed ctrl” (see chapter 2.7). For “PWM” and “PWM INVERT” a special hardware
edition is required. Contact the manufacturer for this function.
1026.

- convert pulse
:
Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA (or to % if PWM is used) according to this parameter; the
pulses for the speed device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync.
units, load sharing, freq. controller, load reduction, binary inputs, communication, and the
load page (manual speed control).

1027.
1028.

- output preset
:
- activate preset by
:
As long as the event (parameter [1028]) is active, the analog output (or PWM) will be set to
parameter [1027].
NOTE: Also on Power-ON this preset will be executed so parameter [1027] should be set
to a significant value (if the speed device is to be used).

1097.

- PWM frequency
:
If PWM is used, the static PWM frequency have to be set with this parameter.

1098.
1099.

- PWM amplitude max
:
- PWM amplitude min
:
If PWM is used, the static max/min values for the PWM voltage signal amplitude have to be
set with this parameters. The max. value is 100.0 % = 10 V.

- 100/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1055. VOLTAGE device enable
:
Fixed switch to enable the device; to use the voltage device also an analog output must be
set to “Volt. ctrl” (see chapter 2.7).
With “INVERT” it is possible to invert the output behavior of the device.
1056.

- convert pulse
:
Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA according to this parameter; the pulses for the voltage
device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync. units, voltage
controller, power factor controller, binary inputs, communication, and the load page (manual
voltage control).

1057.
1058.

- output preset
- activate preset by
See parameters [1027] and [1028].

:
:

With the following parameters an additional real time speed and voltage regulation can be
activated. Only the parameters for the speed regulation [1280] to [1289] are explained here,
because these parameters are the same as for the voltage regulation [1290] to [1299].
1280. SPEED
- Regulation
:
Fixed switch to enable the additional real time speed regulation. The parameters [1281] to
[1289] have absolutely no effect if this parameter [1280] is set to OFF.
1281.
1282.

- match.device max
:
- match.device min
:
With these parameters the analog value of the speed matching device must be adapted to
the feedback value. The analog value can be seen as the output of an integrator. The
feedback value is the actual measured speed (rpm or Hz).
Example:

If the generator can operate only in the range of 40-60 Hz, and the nominal
frequency is 50 Hz, than set this parameters to 80-120 %.

NOTE: If parameter [1280] is set to OFF, the min-max limitations are internally set to
0-100 %.
1283.

- Droop
:
With this parameter a droop influence can be set. The droop is reducing the setpoint if the
measured power is rising. If the power is 100 % or above, the set point will be reduced by
max. the amount of parameter [1283]. If the power is 0%, the set point is not influenced at
all. For the speed regulation the active power is taken into account and for the voltage
regulation the reactive power. This parameter can be set to 0 %, if no droop influence is
needed.

1284.

- PID regulator
:
Fixed switch to enable or bypass the additional real time speed regulation with a PID
regulator. The parameters [1285] to [1287] have absolutely no effect if this parameter
[1284] is set to OFF. The output of the PID regulator is limited by the min-max values of the
parameters [1281] and [1282]. The preset function of the parameters [1027] and [1028] is
also working on the PID regulator.

1285.

- PID regulator Kp
:
The Kp value represents the gain of the PID regulator. The gain influences the integration
(I) and the differentiation (D) of the PID regulator. Higher values results in a more dynamic
performance of the regulator.

1286.

- PID regulator Tn
:
The Tn value represents the integration time of the PID regulator. Smaller values results in
a more dynamic performance of the regulator.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 101/208 -

Service Manual

1287.

- PID regulator Tv
:
The Tv value represents the differentiation time of the PID regulator. Higher values results
in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.

1288.
1289.

- output fullscale
:
- output zeroscale
:
With these parameters the regulator value must be adapted to the hardware output (analog
output or PWM). The regulator value is the output of the PID regulator, or (if bypassed with
parameter [1284]), the output of the matching device.
Example:

If the analog output should operate only in the range of 5- 15 mA (45-55 Hz),
then set this parameters to 25-75 % (5 mA = 25 % and 15 mA=75 %).

Refer to the Figures 3-7 and 3-8 for a schematic overview on the speed and voltage regulation.

- 102/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Figure 3-7 ANSI 15 – Speed regulation
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 103/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 3-8 ANSI 15 – Voltage regulation
- 104/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.2

ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay
ANSI 24

Overexcitation relay

1090. Overexcitation relay
:
1091. - U/F Limit value
:
1092. - delay time(definite):
1093. – min. voltage
:

BACK

ON
25.0 %
2.0 sec
70.0 %

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
0.0-99.9 %

EXIT

Figure 3-9 ANSI 24

Parameter description:
1090. Overexcitation relay
:
If the over excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1091.

- U/F Limit value
:
Limit setting of over excitation relay; if the relation between voltage and frequency exceeds
this limit event [1091] will be activated.
Example: If the voltage of the generator is 100 % of the nominal rated voltage and the
generator frequency is 98 % of nominal rated frequency then the difference is 2 %, which
will be compared with this parameter. If the actual measured difference exceeds the limit
value of parameter [1091] then event [1091] will be activated.

1092.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1901]; if event [1091] is active and this delay time is passed then
event [1092] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter
[1091]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

1093.

- min. voltage
:
Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of
this parameter must exceed the limit to enable the protection function.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 105/208 -

Service Manual

3.3

ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing

Automatic synchronizing operates when two AC circuits are within the desired limits of frequency,
phase angle and voltage range, allowing these two circuits to parallel one another.
There are three automatic synchronizing units. Number 1 is responsible for the synchronization of
the feeder BUS to BUS1; Number 2, of the feeder BUS to BUS2, and Number 3, between BUS1
and BUS2.
The synchronizing units are laid out redundant. Two processor systems are responsible for the
control and the supervision of the main breaker-on contact of the synchronizing unit.
NOTE: About the calibration parameters [0042] to [0044] you can put the respective
synchronizing units 1 to 3 properly. On this occasion, the phase corner is calibrated to
neutralise the phase displacement. However, the calibration can occur only about the
parametertool (see Parametertool, chapter 2.4.4).
If SYMAP® is used for ANSI 25 check synchronizing only the following parameters are required for
setup:

Sync. Unit No. 1:

[1000] to [1007] and [1023]

Sync. Unit No. 2:

[1030] to [1037] and [1053]

Sync. Unit No. 3:

[1060] to [1067] and [1076]

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1) (figures 3-10 and 3-11):
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1000.
1001.
1002.
1003.
1004.
1005.
1006.
1007.
1008.
1009.
1010.
1011.

Sync. unit 1 active by
- MAX phase angle
- MAX frequency diff.
- MIN frequency
- MAX frequency
- MAX voltage diff.
- MIN voltage
- MAX voltage
- freq.set.pulse time
- freq.set.break time
– speed push after 10s
– volt.set.pulse time
BACK

Figure 3-10

- 106/208 -

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

0
8
150
99.0
101.0
5.0
95.0
105.0
100.0
2.0
500
180.0

deg
mHz
%
%
%
%
%
sec
sec
ms
sec

EXIT

Setting range:
Event no.
0-30
deg
0-2000
mHz
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-30.0
%
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-999.9 sec
0-9999
ms
0.1-999.9 sec

ANSI 25/A-1

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1012.
1013.
1014.
1015.
1016.
1017.
1018.
1019.
1020.
1021.
1022.
1023.
1024.










volt.set.break time :
freq. higher event
freq. lower event
volt. higher event
volt. lower event
phase regu.active at :
phase 360 deg pulse :
closing direction
:
CB closing delay
:
live/dead cond. check:
– min voltage level :
– CB sync. ON event
– abnormal bus 1 event
BACK

Figure 3-11

Setting range:


0.5 sec

120 mHz
1.00 sec
DOWN
50 ms
ON
10.0 %

EXIT

0.1-999.9 sec
event reminder for output
event reminder for output
event reminder for output
event reminder for output
0-9999
mHz*
0.01-655.34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000
ms
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9
%
event reminder for output
event reminder for output
* must be smaller than
parameter [1002]

ANSI 25/A-2

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 2 (feeder to BUS2) (figures 3-12 and 3-13):
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1030.
1031.
1032.
1033.
1034.
1035.
1036.
1037.
1038.
1039.
1040.
1041.

Sync. unit 2 active by
- MAX phase angle
- MAX frequency diff.
- MIN frequency
- MAX frequency
- MAX voltage diff.
- MIN voltage
- MAX voltage
- freq.set.pulse time
- freq.set.break time
– speed push after 10s
– volt.set.pulse time

Figure 3-12

®

SYMAP

:
0
:
8 deg
:
200 mHz
: 99.0 %
: 101.0 %
:
5.0 %
: 95.0 %
: 105.0 %
: 100.0 sec
:
2.0 sec
:
500 ms
: 10.0 sec

BACK
EXIT

Setting range:
Event no.
0-30
deg
0-2000
mHz
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-30.0
%
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-999.9 sec
0-9999
ms
0.1-999.9 sec

ANSI 25/A-3

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 107/208 -

Service Manual

ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1042.
1043.
1044.
1045.
1046.
1047.
1048.
1049.
1050.
1051.
1052.
1053.
1054.









volt.set.break time :
freq. higher event
freq. lower event
volt. higher event
volt. lower event
phase regu.active at :
phase 360 deg pulse :
closing direction
:
CB closing delay
:
live/dead cond. check:
– min voltage level :
– CB sync. ON event
– abnormal bus 2 event
BACK

Figure 3-13

Setting range:


2.0 sec

30
0.10
DOWN
50
ON
10.0

mHz
sec
ms
%

0.1-999.9 sec
event reminder for
event reminder for
event reminder for
event reminder for
0-9999
mHz
0.01-655.34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000
ms
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9
%
event reminder for
event reminder for

output
output
output
output

output
output

EXIT

ANSI 25/A-4

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 3 (BUS1 to BUS 2) (figures 3-14 and 3-15):
ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1060.
1061.
1062.
1063.
1064.
1065.
1066.
1067.
1068.
1069.
1070.
1071.

Sync. unit 3 active by
- MAX phase angle
- MAX frequency diff.
- MIN frequency
- MAX frequency
- MAX voltage diff.
- MIN voltage
- MAX voltage
- freq.set.pulse time
- freq.set.break time
– speed push after 10s
– volt.set.pulse time

Figure 3-14

- 108/208 -

:
0
:
8 deg
:
200 mHz
: 99.0 %
: 101.0 %
:
5.0 %
: 95.0 %
: 105.0 %
: 100.0 sec
:
2.0 sec
:
500 ms
: 10.0 sec

BACK
EXIT

Setting range:
Event no.
0-30
deg
0-2000
mHz
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-30.0
%
70.0-100.0 %
100.0-130.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-999.9 sec
0-9999
ms
0.1-999.9 sec

ANSI 25/A-5

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay
1072.
1073.
1074.
1075.
1076.
1077.
1078.
1079.
1080.
1081.
1082.
1083.
1084.









volt.set.break time :
freq. higher event
:
freq. lower event
:
volt. higher event
:
volt. lower event
:
phase regu.active at :
phase 360 deg pulse :
closing direction
:
CB closing delay
:
live/dead cond. check:
– min voltage level :
– CB sync. ON event
– abnormal bus 2 event
BACK

Figure 3-15


2.0 sec

30 mHz
0.10 sec
DOWN
50 ms
ON
10.0 %

Setting range:
0.1-999.9 sec
event reminder for
event reminder for
event reminder for
event reminder for
0 9999 mHz
0.01-655.34 sec
UP/DOWN/BOTH
0-1000 ms
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9 %
event reminder for
event reminder for

output
output
output
output

output
output

EXIT

ANSI 25/A-6

Parameter description:
The following parameter descriptions correspond to Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1).
Synchronizing Units 2 and 3 have the same parameters and differ only in their parameter and
event numbers (see also description of synchronizing page within the user’s manual).
1000. Sync. Unit 1 active by
:
To activate the Synchronizing Unit No.1, an event number (e.g. binary input event) must be
set. If this event number is active the synchronizing window appears and the synchronizer
with its frequency and voltage controller is operative. If the Synchronizing Unit is active then
the Synchronizing Site is indicated (see also chapter 2.4.4.8 in User’s Manual).
1001.

- MAX phase angle
:
The maximum phase angle (positive and negative angle) appears in the window in which
the closing order for the switching device (breaker) is given.

1002.

- MAX frequency diff.
:
If the difference of frequency is higher than the set point then the synchron closing is
blocked until the difference of frequency drops below the set point.

1003.

- MIN frequency
:
Minimum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is below the
minimum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the
output to send speed lower signals will be blocked.

1004.

- MAX frequency
:
Maximum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is above the
maximum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the
output to send speed higher signals will be blocked.

1005.

- MAX voltage diff.
:
If the difference in voltages is higher than the set point the synchron closing will be blocked
until the difference in voltages drops below the set point.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 109/208 -

Service Manual

1006.

- MIN voltage
:
Minimum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is below the
minimum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the output
to send voltage lower signals will be blocked.

1007.

- MAX voltage
:
Maximum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is above the
maximum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the
output to send voltage higher signals will be blocked.

1008.

- freq.set.pulse time
:
The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during synchronization is set here. This
time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference. The calc.
pulse is modified by the difference between the two frequency inputs in the following way:
Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [1008] / 100 × ΔF (%)
with:
Parameter [1008] : defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference,
ΔF (%): frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 in percent of nominal

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec
Parameter [1008] = 100 sec means:
If the frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 is 100% a calc. pulse
of 100 seconds will be set.
If the frequency difference is 0.5 Hz (1% at 50 Hz nominal-rated frequency)
then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set.
If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1) the n < event [1014] will
be activated for the calc. pulse time.
If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1) the n > event [1013] will
be activated for the calc. pulse time.

1009.

- freq.set.break time
:
Typical setting: 2 sec
The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during
synchronization is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will
calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [1008]).

1010.

- speed push after 10 s
:
If the difference between the electrical angles of the generator and BUS does not become
zero within 10 seconds then an impulse of the set time in this parameter will be given.
NOTE:

Instead of the speed push, the phase regulator can be used.

1011.

- volt.set.pulse time
:
The pulse time for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set here. Pulse time is
modified by the difference between the voltages inputs.

1012.

- volt.set.break time
:
The break time between pulse times for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set
here.

1013.

- freq. higher event
.
Use this event to activate a digital output in order to increase the frequency during
synchronization.

1014.

- freq. lower event
Use this event to activate a digital output in order to lower the frequency during
synchronization.

- 110/208 -

.

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1015.

- volt. higher event
Use this event to activate a digital output in order to increase the voltage during
synchronization.
1016.
- volt. lower event
Use this event to activate a digital output in order to lower the voltage during
synchronization.
.

.

1017.

- phase regu.active at
:
The phase regulation can be used to regulate the phase to zero if the two frequencies
become nearly equal and the phase angle is nearly constant.
If this parameter is set to 0 the phase regulator will be always inactive. Otherwise, if this
parameter is set to a value > 0 the speed push (parameter [1010]) will be always inactive
and the phase regulator will be activated in the following way:
If the difference between the two frequencies reaches this low limit (parameter [1017]), the
phase regulator becomes active. The phase regulator remains active so long the difference
is under the limit of the “MAX of frequencies diff.” (Parameters [1002]) then the frequency
regulator becomes again active (parameters [1017] < parameters [1002]).

1018.

- phase 360 deg pulse
:
The pulse time for phase regulation is set here. The pulse time, which the phase regulator
calculates after the break time (parameter [1009]), is modified by the actual phase angle.
The formula for the pulse is: pulse (sec) = (Parameter [1018] * deg) / 360.

1019.

- closing direction
:
The main breaker closing command will be given only when the engine speed is higher
(UP), lower (DOWN) or in both directions (see also figure 3-13 and 3-14).

1020.

- CB closing delay
:
The main breaker closing delay is the mechanical delay time caused by the closing time of
contactors, relays and the main breaker itself. This delay time can reduce the time period of
“breaker synchron on command” (event [1023]).

1021.

- live/dead cond. check
:
ON/OFF-switch for dead condition check; if the synchronizing unit recognizes one side
(feeder or BUS) below the voltage limit of parameter [1022] (dead system) and the other
side within the voltage limits parameters [1006] and [1007] and the frequency limits
parameters [1003] and [1004] (live system), then the event [1023] (CB sync.ON) will be
activated without checking synchronization.
NOTE: If Device type - XG/BCG is selected and sync. unit 1 or 2 is active only the BUS
will be checked for dead condition.

1022.

- min. voltage level
:
If the live/dead condition check (event [1021]) is active and the voltage of one side (feeder
or BUS) is below this voltage limit the synchronizing unit recognizes dead condition.

1023.

- CB sync. ON event
Use this event to send the main breaker close signal. This event will be set if the pointer of
the synchronization unit is within the synchron window and the synchronization unit is not
blocked.

1024.

- abnormal BUS1 event
Use this event to indicate BUS abnormal situation. If during synchronization the main
conditions for voltage and frequency are not fulfilled for the BUS then BUS abnormal event
will be set and the corresponding controller for voltage and frequency will be blocked (see
parameters [1003], [1004], [1006] and [1007]).

.

.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 111/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 3-16 shows the conditions that have to be fulfilled during synchronizing to set the “CB
synchron event” (event [1023]). The parameter and event numbers correspond to Synchronizing
Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1).
Main condition for „MB ON” command

SYNCHR. UNIT 1 ON
Parameter [1000]
UBUS1 > UMIN
Parameter [1006]
UBUS1 < UMAX
Parameter [1007]
FBUS1 > FMIN
Parameter [1003]

&

│UBUS1-UFeeder│
< Parameter [1002]

&

MB close
command
(here Parameter
[1029] „both“
Event [1023]

│act. Phase angle│
< Parameter [1001]

FBUS1 < FMAX
Parameter [1004]

≥1
Figure 3-16

Freq. Ctrl. release
Freq. Ctrl. release
│UBUS1-UFeeder│
< Parameter [1005]

abnormal BUS
Event [1024]

ANSI 25/A-7

NOTE: In the case that the voltages of both systems are “alive” and one system has negative
sequence, the synchronizer will be internally blocked and event [2949] gets active (use
this event for an alarm). If both systems have negative sequence the synchronizing
process is not blocked.

- 112/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

The figures 3-13 and 3-14 show the closing direction philosophy. If closing direction “UP”
(parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is higher than the BUS frequency then
the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-17).
Closing direction: „UP“
(FFeeder < FBUS)
Phase angle Cursor direction: to the left

Synchronizing window

Frequency
FFeeder
Fmax; Para [1004]
FBus
Fmin; Para [1003]
Para [1004]

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

Time

2

1: No “C. B. ON” Command
2: “C. B. ON” Command, allowed if Phase synchron and voltage O.K.

Figure 3-17

ANSI 25 /A-8

If closing direction “DOWN” (parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is lower than
the BUS frequency then the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-18).
Synchronizing window

Closing direction: „DOWN“
(FFeeder > FBus)
Phase angle Cursor direction: to the right

Frequency
FFeeder
Fmax; Para [1004]
FBus
Fmin; Para

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

Time

1: No “C. B. ON” Command
2: “C. B. ON” Command, allowed if Phase synchron and voltage O.K.

Figure 3-18

®

SYMAP

ANSI 25 /A-9

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 113/208 -

Service Manual

3.4

ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay

The undervoltage relay is a relay that operates when its input voltage is less than a predetermined
value.
Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low voltage conditions, some of which
could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse, etc.). Undervoltage protection is
generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes (see figure 3-19).
ANSI 27
1100.
1101.
1102.
1103.
1104.
1105.
1106.

Undervoltage relay
:
- Undervoltage 1.limit:
- Delay time(definite):
- Undervoltage 2.limit:
- Delay time(definite):
– Min. start voltage :
– Min. frequency
:

BACK
Figure 3-19

Setting range:

Undervoltage relay
OFF
95.0
2.00
93.0
3.00
90.0
55.0

ON/OFF/CB ON
0.0- 99.9 %
0.03-99.99 sec
0.0-99.9
%
0.03-99-99 sec
0.0-99.9
%
0.0-99.9
Hz

%
sec
%
sec
%
Hz

EXIT

ANSI 27

Parameter description:
1100. Undervoltage relay
:
This parameter activates the undervoltage supervision, whereby:

“OFF”:

deactivates,

“ON”:

activates, and

“CB ON”: activates the undervoltage supervision only if the circuit breaker is switched
on.

1101.

- Undervoltage 1. limit
First limit of the set point for undervoltage

:

1102.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1101]; use this event to activate an output.

1103.

- Undervoltage 2. limit
Second limit of the set point for undervoltage

1104.

- Time delay (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1103]; use this event to activate an output.

1105.

- MIN start voltage
This parameter depends on the device type.

:

:

Device type BC or X:
During the startup sequence, this limit must be reached in order to activate the
undervoltage protection.

- 114/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Device type BCG or XG:
This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is
on; otherwise, it is blocked.
1106. - MIN frequency
:
This parameter depends on the device type.
Device type BC or X:
When the feeder frequency is lower than this setting, the undervoltage protection function
is disabled.
Device type BCG or XG:
This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is
on; otherwise, it is blocked.

ANSI 27

off
E 1100

27 active

„1“

P 1105

Setting

on

Startup

U>

&

3~

P 1106

Setting

Minimum

f>
3~

E 1101 Limit reached
P 1102 27-1 Delay
P 1101 27-1 Pickup

&

0
|

T
|

E 1102

27-1 Trip

U<
E 1103 Limit reached

3~

P 1104 27-2 Delay
P 1103 27-2 Pickup

&

0
|

T
|

E 1104

-2 Trip

U <<
3~

Figure 3-20

®

SYMAP

Logic diagram for the undervoltage protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 115/208 -

Service Manual

3.5

ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay

There are two independent undervoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available
(see figure 3-21). The undervoltage (BUS) relay operates when its input voltage from BUS side is
less than a predetermined value. Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low
voltage conditions, some of which could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse,
etc.). Undervoltage protection is generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes.
ANSI 27 B Bus undervoltage relay
1120. BUS1 undervoltage relay:
1121. - Undervoltage 1.limit:
1122. - Delay time(definite):
1123. - Undervoltage 2.limit:
1124. - Delay time(definite):
1125. – Minimum startvoltage:
1126. – Minimum frequency
:
1110. BUS2 undervoltage relay:
1111. - Undervoltage 1.limit:
1112. - Delay time(definite):
1113. - Undervoltage 2.limit:
1114. - Delay time(definite):
1115. – Minimum startvoltage:
1116. – Minimum frequency
:
BACK
Figure 3-21

OFF
95.0
2.0
93.0
3.0
90.0
55.0
ON
95.0
2.0
93.0
3.0
90.0
55.0

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9
0.1-99.9
0.0-99.9
0.1-99.9
0.0-99.9
0.0-99.9
ON/OFF
0.0-99.9
0.1-99.9
0.0-99.9
0.1-99.9
0.0-99.9
0.0-99.9

%
sec
%
sec
%
Hz
%
sec
%
sec
%
Hz

%
sec
%
sec
%
Hz
%
sec
%
sec
%
Hz

EXIT

ANSI 27 B

Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the
following only the BUS1 parameters are described:
1120. BUS1 undervoltage relay
The enable switch for the undervoltage relay

:

1121.

- Undervoltage 1. limit
:
First limit of the set point for undervoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.

1122.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1121]; use the event [1122] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

1123.

- Undervoltage 2. limit
:
Second limit of the set point for under voltage; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.

1124.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1123]; use the event [1124] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

1125.
1126.

- Minimum startvoltage
:
- Minimum frequency
:
If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases and the frequency limit is reached the
undervoltage relay remains always active until power on reset.

- 116/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.6

ANSI 32 – Overload Relay
ANSI 32

1130.
1131.
1132.
1133.
1134.
1135.
1136.
1137.
1138.
1139.

Overload relay

Setting range:

Overload relay
:
OFF
– 1.limit reverse power: 10.0 %
– Delay time (definite):
2.0 sec
– 2.limit reverse power: 15.0 %
– Delay time (definite):
0.5 sec
– 1.limit active power : 100.0 %
– Delay time (definite):
1.0 sec
– 2.limit active power : 120.0 %
– Delay time (definite):
0.5 sec
Block reverse power
:
0

BACK
Figure 3-22

ON/OFF/ON_S
0.1-99.9 %
0.1-99.9 sec
0.1-99.9 %
0.1-99.9 sec
0.1-199.9 %
0.1-99.9 sec
0.1-199.9 %
0.1-99.9 sec
0-9999 Event number

EXIT

ANSI 32

Parameter description:
1130.Overload relay
:
The overload relay can be deactivated/activated by the following setting options:
“OFF“:

the overload relay is disabled,

“ON“:

the overload relay is enabled; characteristic values for limits (parameters [1131,
1133, 1135 1137] refer to “reverse power” or “active power”,

“ON_S“: the overload relay is enabled; characteristic value for limits (parameters [1131,
1133, 1135 1137] refers to “apparent power S”.
1131.

- 1. limit reverse power
:
First limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1131] will
be set.

1132.

- Delay time (definite)
:
If event [1131] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1132] will be set.
Use this event to activate an output.

1133.

- 2. limit reverse power
:
Second limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1133]
will be set. Use this event to activate an output.

1134.

- Delay time (definite)
:
If event [1133] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1134] will be set.
Use this event to activate an output.

1135.

- 1. limit active power
:
First limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1135] will be
set.

1136.

- Delay time ( definite)
:
If event [1135] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1136] will be set.
Use this event to activate an output.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 117/208 -

Service Manual

1137.

- 2. limit active power
:
Second limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1137] will
be set. Use this event to activate an output.

1138.

- Delay time (definite)
:
If event [1137] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1138] will be set.
Use this event to activate an output.

1139.

Block reverse power
:
The reverse power protection (parameters [1131] to [1134]) is disabled if the event set
under parameter [1139] is active.

- 118/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.7

ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor)
ANSI 37 Undercurrent relay (motor)

1140. Undercur relay
:
1141. – Min. current limit :
1142. – Max. current limit :
1143. - Delay time(definite):

BACK
Figure 3-23

OFF
12.0 %
45.0 %
10.0 sec

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.1-199.9 %
0.1-199.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec

EXIT

ANSI 37

Parameter description:
1140. Undercurrent relay
:
If the undercurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1141.
1142.

- Min. current limit
:
- Max. current limit
:
If one of the three current phases is between these current limits (parameters [1141] and
[1142]) the events [1141] and [1142] will be activated.

1143.

- Delay time (definite)
:
If the undercurrent relay is active and the corresponding delay time is passed the
undercurrent relay will be tripped (event [1143] will be activated).

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 119/208 -

Service Manual

3.8

ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay

Field relay is a relay that functions on a given or abnormally low value or failure of machine field
current, or on an excessive value of the reactive component of armature current in an AC-machine
indicating abnormally low field excitation.
When partial or complete loss of excitation occurs on a synchronous machine, (ind.) reactive
power flows from the system into the machine.
There are two measuring principles to detect “loss of field” status:

40 Q: The first measuring principle of this relay is to detect only the quantity and
direction of the reactive power. If the inductive reactive power exceeds a
definite limit, then the “ANSI 40 Q loss of excitation relay” will be activated.

40:

The second measuring principle is to define the impedance circle area in
whichthe actual measured impedance vector must be within the “ANSI 40. loss
of excitation” circle before the appropriate relay will be activated.

NOTE: For the impedance measurement, the phase current I1 and the line voltages
U31 and U12 will be evaluated.
Two impedance circles can be defined, one for the static and the other for the dynamical
characteristic.
ANSI 40 Q Loss of excitation relay
1170.Loss of excitation relay:
1171. – reactive power limit:
1172. – delay time(definite):
1173. – min. voltage
:
1174. Circle 1
:
1175.
– diameter:
1176.
– offset :
1177.
– delay
:
1178. Circle 2
:
1179.
– diameter:
1180.
– offset :
1181.
– delay
:
BACK
Figure 3-24

OFF
35.0 %
4.0 sec
70.0 %
ON
4.0 Ohm
1.0 Ohm
1.5 sec
ON
2.2 Ohm
1.5 Ohm
0.5 sec

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
ON/OFF
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
ON/OFF
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9

%
sec
%
Ohm
Ohm
sec
Ohm
Ohm
sec

EXIT

ANSI 40 Q-1

Parameter description:
1170. Loss of excitation relay
:
If the loss of excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1171.

- reactive power limit
:
If the inductive reactive power exceeds this limit then event [1171] will be activated. The
percentage setting of the inductive reactive power refers to the active power PN.

1172.

- delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1171]; if event [1171] is active and this delay time is passed then
event [1172] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter
[1171]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

- 120/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1173. - min. voltage
:
Three-phase feeder voltage supervision; the feeder voltage must be higher than this setting
in order to activate this protection.
1174. Circle 1
1175.
1176.
1177.

- diameter
- offset
- delay

:
:
:
:

ON/OFF switch of circle 1:
Activation of first impedance circle parameter [1174]; the Impedance Circle 1 will be
activated by setting this parameter to “ON.”

Impedance circle definition:
The impedance area of the Circle 1 will be defined with the offset parameter [1175] and
diameter parameter [1176]. If the actual measured impedance is within this area event
[1174] will be activated.

Definite delay time:
If the actual measure impedance is within Circle 1 and this definite delay time is
passed then event [1177] will be activated as long as the actual measured impedance
moves out of Impedance Circle 1. Please use parameter [1177] for the alarm or output
controller.

1178. Circle 2
:
1179.
- diameter
:
1180.
- offset
:
1181.
- delay
:
Same parameter setting as parameters [1174] to [1177]; normally, Circle 1 will be used for
supervision the static, Circle 2 for the dynamical characteristic.
X
R
Offset 1
Offset 2 Parameter [1180]

Parameter [1176]

Diameter 2 Parameter [1179]

C2
Diameter 1
Parameter [1179]

r2

Whereby: r2 = Diameter 2/2
C2= Offset2+Diameter 2/2

Circle 2

Circle 1
Figure 3-25

®

SYMAP

ANSI 40 Q-2 trip area for loss of field supervision

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 121/208 -

Service Manual

3.9

ANSI 46 – Negative Sequence Relay

Negative sequence or phase balance current relay is a relay function in which the polyphase
currents are of reverse-phase sequence or the polyphase currents are unbalanced or contain
negative sequence components above a given amount.
Setting range:

ANSI 46 Reverse phase relay

ON/OFF/reclose
0.0-99.9 %
0.0-99.99 sec
norm.inverse & definite time
1.0-99.9 %
0.0-99.9 %
0-9999
ms
0.0-99.9 %
0.0-9999 ms
ON/OFF

1200. Reverse phase relay
:
OFF
1201. – Limit value
: 95.0 %
1202. - Time multiplier(TMS): 2.00 sec
1203. - Curve shape
: definite
1204. - Min. feeder voltage :
3.0 %
1205. – 1.limit
: 10.0 %
1206. – Delay time(definite): 1000 ms
1207. – 2.limit
: 12.0 %
1208. – Delay time(definite):
500 ms
1209. – Volt. restrain[51VR]:
OFF

BACK
Figure 3-26

EXIT

ANSI 46

Parameter description:
1200. Reverse phase relay
:
If a negative sequence (a rotating field in opposition to the normal rotating field) appears
the value in percent is measured to the nominal rated current.
If the negative sequence relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set
to “RECLOSE” it opens and closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1201.

- Limit value
First limit of the negative sequence current

1202.

- Time multiplier (TMS)
:
Time setting of the time multiplier for the IDMT curve

1203.

- Curve shape
:
Select definite time or normal inverse curve (IDMT curve)

1204.

- Min. feeder voltage
:
The feeder voltage must be higher than this setting in order to activate this protection
function.

1205.

- 1. limit
:
Second limit of the set point for reverse phase balance

1206.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1206]; use this event to activate an output.

1207.

- 2. limit
:
Third limit of the set point for reverse phase balance

1208.

- Delay time(definite)
:
Time delay of event [1208]; use this event to activate an output.

- 122/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1209.

- Volt. restrain [51VR]
:
If the voltage restrain function should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. The setting
of the low voltage limit is 10% fixed. If the voltage restrain function is active the current set
point will be reduced by the voltage as shown in figure 3-23.

1

0,9

Curve Pickup Multiplier

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 %

Voltage

Figure 3-27

®

SYMAP

Diagram of the voltage restrain calculation curve

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 123/208 -

Service Manual
ANSI 46
off
on
reclose

„1“

≥1

E 1200 46 active

≥1

Setting

P 1204
Startup

U>

S1 Q
R

3~

ANSI 79 Reclose

&
P 1202

Reset

TMS

E 1201 Limit reached P 1203 IDMT Curve

P 1201 46 -TO Pickup

&

3~

E 1202 46 -TMS Trip

on/off

VR_EN

Reclose

E 1205 Limit reached P 1206 46 -1 Delay
P 1205 46 -1 Pickup

&

3~

0
|

T
|

E 1206 46 -1 Trip
on/off

VR_EN

Reclose

E 1207 Limit reached P 1208 46 -2 Delay
P 1207 46 -2 Pickup

&

3~

VR_EN

0
|

T
|

E 1208 46 -2 Trip
on/off
Reclose

on/off

Voltage Restrain

Figure 3-28

- 124/208 -

Logic diagram for the reverse phase/balance protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.10 ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay
The phase sequence voltage relay is a relay that functions upon a predetermined value of
polyphase voltage in the desired phase sequence.
ANSI 47 Phase sequence voltage relay
1300. Phase sequence relay
:
1301. - Limit value
:
1302. - Delay time(definite):

BACK
Figure 3-29

OFF
20.0 %
2.00 sec

Setting range:
ON/OFF
1.0-199.9 %
0.01-99.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 47

Parameter description:
1300. Phase sequence relay
:
The normal voltage phase sequence is right rotating, that means L1-L2-L3. If the sequence
turns to left rotating or one phase is missing the relay becomes active.
If the negative sequence relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1301.

-.Limit value
:
If the left rotating field exceeds the limit the phase sequence relay will be activated.

1302.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay for event [1301]; use this event to activate an output.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 125/208 -

Service Manual

3.11 ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload
The thermal overload relay is divided in 3 independent sections (see figures 3-30, 3-31 and 3-32,
and 3-33). Any of the sections can be activated and used independently of each other.

3.11.1 Thermal overload I (general)
This section calculates a thermal image in accordance to the current (see figure 3-30).
ANSI 49 Thermal overload
1340.
1341.
1342.
1343.
1344.
1345.
1346.

THERMAL OVERLOAD
:
– Rated current[1000]A :
- Cold limit at 6*In
:
- Hot limit at 6*In
:
– tc / th
:
– Trip time reset delay:
- Event for trip time
- tc (calculated)
=
- th (calculated)
=
- Preload at 6*In (T6h)=

BACK
Figure 3-30

Setting range:

OFF
20.0
10.0
20.0
5.0
10.0

ON/OFF
0.1-999.9 %
0.1…999.9 sec (0.25 sec steps)
0.1…999.9 sec (0.25 sec steps)
0.1-99.9
0.1-999.9 sec
Event only
Calculated from [1342]&[1344]
Calculated from [1342]
Calculated from [1343]

%
sec
sec
sec

16.7 min
11.1 min
67.0 %

EXIT

ANSI 49-1

Parameter description:
1340. THERMAL OVERLOAD
ON/OFF-switch for thermal overload protection

:

1341.

- Nominal rated current [xxxx]A :
Overload current of the nominal rated current of the motor; pickup value for thermal motor
protection 49; if the current reaches this limit event [1341] will be set.

1342.

- Cold limit at 6*In
:
This parameter is required to calculate τh. This trip time is taken from the cold curve of the
motor. The trip time in the curve is taken from 6*In.

1343.

- Hot limit at 6*In
:
This parameter is required to set the characteristic of the hot curve and limit the thermal
image value.

1344.

- tc/th
:
The relationship between τ of the hot and the cold curve is required to calculate τc.

1345.

- Trip time reset delay
:
If the trip time is active and the actual current is below the nominal rated (set with
parameter [1341]) the time value will be held for this time before reset.

- 126/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1346.

- Event for trip time
:
If the trip time is passed according to the thermal overload conditions event [1346] will be
set. Choose this event to initiate a trip signal by using a binary output.
- tc (calculated)
Calculated value τc. Result of the formula:

:

τ c = parameter [1344]*τ h
- th (calculated)
Calculated value τh . Result of the formula:

τh =

:

t

 (I / In )2 

ln
2
2 
 (I / In ) − k 

The time t will be taken from the cold curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated
current. The threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result of τh is calculated as follows:

τh =

T 6c ( parameter [1342])


(6)2

ln 2
2 
 (6 ) − (1.03) 

- Preload at 6*In (T6h)
:
Calculated maximum preload value with the formula:

 (I / In )2 − ( I Pr e / In) 2 
 ⇒ ( I Pr e / In) 2 = ( I / In) 2 − e τ h * ( I / In) 2 − k 2
t = τ h * ln
2
2

(I / In ) − k


t

(

)

The time will be taken from the hot curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated current. The
threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result is the maximum preload value which will be limited
by the hot curve of the motor.

( I Pr e / In) = (6) − e
2

2

 T 6 h [1343]) 




τh

(

* (6) 2 − 1.03 2

)

( I Pr e / In) 2 relates to Θ which is the thermal image of the motor
The relationship is:

Θ Pr e = k * ( I Pr e / In) 2
The thermal image of the motor will be calculated all the time and follows the formula:

Θ(%) = Θ S + (Θ C − Θ S ) * e
with:
ΘC:
ΘS:
τ:

 −t 
 
τ 
 

the current motor image
thermal status destination, which will be calculated with (Iactual/In)²
Tau: During heating τh and during cooling, τc will be used.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 127/208 -

Service Manual

If the actual motor current exceeds the limit of parameter [1341] (rated current) the trip time
integrator will be activated. The tripping time t of the thermal overload relay is calculated according
to the following formula and to the corresponding preload value (IPre/IN)²:

 (I / I N )2 − ( I Pr e / I N ) 2 
t = τ c * ln 

(I / I N )2 − k ² 

with:
I:
IN:
k:

the actual measured current
the thermal overload (set with parameter [1341])
the threshold factor (1.03)

- 128/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.11.2 Thermal overload II (user)
This section gives the user the possibility to define his own curve with 10 current/time points.
Between these points, the time values will be linear interpolated (see figures 3-31 and 3-32).
ANSI 49 Thermal overload

Setting range:

1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user):
ON
1351. - integrator reset mode: depending
1352. - integrator hold time : 300.0 sec
1353.
- current limit : 110.0 %
1354.
- time:3600.0 sec
1355.
- current point 1: 111.0 %
1356.
- time:1800.0 sec
1357.
- current point 2: 114.0 %
1358.
- time: 900.0 sec
1359.
- current point 3: 123.0 %
1360.
- time: 300.0 sec
1361.
- current point 4: 145.0 %

BACK
EXIT
Figure 3-31

ANSI 49-2

Setting range:

ANSI 49 Thermal overload
1362.
1363.
1364.
1365.
1366.
1367.
1368.
1369.
1370.
1371.
1372.

- current
- current
- current
- current
- current

- time:
point 5:
- time:
point 6:
- time:
point 7:
- time:
point 8:
- time:
point 9:
- time:
BACK

Figure 3-32

OFF/ON
hold time/depending
0.0-6553.5 sec
0.0-6553.5 %
0.0-6553.5 sec
0.0-6553.5 %
0.0-6553.5 sec
0.0-6553.5 %
0.0-6553.5 sec
0.0-6553.5 %
0.0-6553.5 sec
0.0-6553.5 %

120.0
180.0
30.0
230.0
10.0
400.0
3.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0


sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5
0.0-6553.5

sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

EXIT

ANSI 49-3

Parameter description:
1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user)
:
OFF/ON-switch for this relay section. If the relay is tripped event [1350] will be set.
1351. - integrator reset mode
:
Defines the reset mode of the time integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter
[1353]:

“hold time”: The integrator will be reset if the time of parameter [1352] has passed.

“depending”: The integrator will be integrated downwards with the last excitation time.
This time can be limited with parameter [1352].

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 129/208 -

Service Manual

1352. - integrator hold time
:
Hold time for the integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter [1353].
1353.

- current limit
:
Excitation limit for the time integration and the starting point of the curve; if the current
reaches this limit, the time integration will be activated.

1354.

- time
The max. trip time for limit parameter [1353]

1355.
1356.

:

- current point 1
- time

:
:

- current point 9
- time

:
:

to
1371.
1372.

Every point consists of one current limit and the related time (max. trip time for the current
at this point). If the current is between two limits the related time will be linearly calculated.
The limits must be ascending, beginning at the first point. If a limit is 0 the curve will be
truncated at the previous limit (see figure 3-29).
Example:
I (%)
400

× P [1363] and P [1364]

×

P [1361] and P [1362]

300

× P [1359] and P [1360]
200

×

P [1357] and P [1358]

× P [1355] and P [1356]
× P [1353] and P [1354]

100

3

Figure 3-33

- 130/208 -

10

30

120

300

900

1800

3600

t

Current/time curve of thermal overload II

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.11.3 Thermal overload III (interval)
This section gives the user the possibility to define a interval time in which the current has a
defined allow time for remaining above a limit.
ANSI 49 Thermal overload

Setting range:

1373. INTERVAL PROTECTION
:
524
1374.
- current limit: 110.0 %
1375.
- allow time
:
60 min
1376.
- interval time:
12 h

BACK
Figure 3-34

0-9999 Event
0.1-999.9 %
1-999 min
1-24 h

EXIT

ANSI 49-4

Parameter description:
1373. INTERVAL PROTECTION
Event-switch for this relay section

Event active: The function will be activated.

Event inactive: The function will be reset.

:

If the relay is tripped event [1373] will be activated.
1374.

- current limit
:
If the current reaches this limit the time integration will be activated.

1375.

- allow time
:
If the integration reaches this time limit the relay will trip and the event [1373] will be
activated.

1376.

- interval time
:
The allow time is only valid within this interval time. If one of the integrated periods overlaps
this interval the integrated time will be decreased by the period (if the current is below the
limit of parameter [1374]).

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 131/208 -

Service Manual

3.12 ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure
Breaker failure relay supervises the circuit breaker.
ANSI 50BF Breaker failure relay
1380. Breaker failure relay :
1381. – Current limit(CB:OFF):
1382. - Delay time (definite):

BACK
Figure 3-35

Setting range:

ON
10.0 %
2 sec

ON/OFF
0-999.9 %
0-9999 sec

EXIT

ANSI 50BF

Parameter description:
380.

Breaker failure relay
ON/OFF - switch for breaker failure protection

:

1381. - Current limit (CB:OFF)
:
If the circuit breaker is off (feedback of circuit breaker or trip command) and a current is
higher then the limit in parameter [1381] the breaker failure relay will be activated.
1382. - Delay time (definite)
Delay time of breaker failure relay
CB: off (feedback)

:

>1

Trip command

&
Manual OFF

Event
[1382]
50BF

Act. current value > Current limit [1381]

Figure 3-36

- 132/208 -

Logic connection of failure relay

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.13 ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay
Instantaneous overcurrent or rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions instantaneously on
excessive value of current or on an excessive rate of current.
Setting range:

ANSI 50 Instantaneous overcurrent
1400.
1401.
1402.
1403.
1404.
1405.
1406.
1407.
1408.
1409.
1410.

ON/OFF/reclose
2.0-2999.9 %
30-9999
ms

Instantaneous overcurr.:
ON
- 1. limit
[3000]A : 300.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
100 ms
reserved:
- 2. limit
[3000]A : 300.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
250 ms
reserved:
- Rev. limit
[3000]A : 300.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
200 ms
reserved:
- Inrush blocking
: OFF
BACK

Figure 3-37

2.0-2999.9 %
30-9999
ms
2.0-2999.9 %
30-9999
ms
ON/OFF

EXIT

ANSI 50

Parameter description:
1400. Instantaneous overcurr.
:
If the instantaneous overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it
is set to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1401. - 1. limit [xxxx]A
:
First limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this
limit event [1401] will be set.
1402. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1401]; if event [1401] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1402] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1401].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1403.

reserved

:

1404. - 2. limit [xxxx]A
:
Second limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this
limit event [1404] will be set.
1405. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1404] if event [1404] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1405] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1404].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1406.

reserved

:

1407. - Rev. limit [xxxx]A
:
Limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent is active only if the current direction is going into
the reverse direction. If the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1407] will be
set.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 133/208 -

Service Manual

1408. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1407]; if event [1407] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1408] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1407].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1409.

reserved

:

1410. - Inrush blocking
:
The delay times of parameters [1402], [1405] and [1408] can be extended if inrush
conditions referring to ANSI 95i are detected.
ANSI 50
off
on
reclose

„1“


1

E 1400

≥1

50 active

ANSI 79 Reclose

E 1401 Limit reached P 1402 50 -1 Delay
P 1401 50 -1 Pickup

&

I>
3~

0
|

T
|

E 1402 50 -1 Trip

on/off
Reclose

Inrush EN

E 1404 Limit reached P 1405 50-2 Delay
P 1404 1404 Pickup

&

I >>

0
|

T
|

E 1406 50 -2 Trip
on/off

3~
Inrush EN

Reclose

E 1407 Limit reached P 1408 50-Rev Delay
P 1407 50 - Rev Pickup

&

I >Rev
3~

0
|

T
|

E 1408 50 - Rev Trip
on/off
Reclose

Inrush EN

on/off
„1“ Inrush Blocking

Figure 3-38

- 134/208 -

Logic diagram for the instantaneous overcurrent protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.14 ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay
Instantaneous ground overcurrent or ground rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions
instantaneously on excessive value of current or on an excessive rate of current.
The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware (refer to the purchase
information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers).
ANSI 50G/N Instant. ground overcurrent
1420.
1421.
1422.
1423.
1424.
1425.
1426.
1427.

Inst. ground overcurr. : ON
- Limit
[ 2000]A: 200.0 %
– Delay time (definite):
30 ms
- Pickup type (50G/N) :meas.Ig1+2
- Inrush blocking
: OFF
– Io stab.start Imax/In: 1.50
-stab.factor
: 0.25
– CT saturation limit :
7.5

BACK
Figure 3-39

EXIT

Setting range:
ON/OFF
2,0-2999,9 % oder 0-2999,9 mA
30-9999 ms
*
ON/OFF
1.0 - 20.0
0.01- 1.00
0.0 – 999.9

* meas.Ignd1/meas.Ig1+2/
meas.Ignd/calculated

ANSI 50G/N

Parameter description:
1420. Inst. ground overcurr. relay
:
If the instantaneous ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to
“OFF”.
1421. - Limit
:
Limit setting of instantaneous ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds the
instantaneous ground overcurrent limit event [1421] will be activated.
The unit of the limit value can be set between “%” and “mA” via parameter [0053]; (see PC
Parameter tool special parameter).
“%”:

If the unit is set to “%” the limit value refers to the nominal-rated current (primary
side) of the feeder (parameter [0200]). The setting range is between 2.0 % and
999.9 %.

“mA”: If the unit “mA” is selected the parameters for the nominal-rated value of the feeder
current and the ground current transformer values have no influence on the
measured current.
1422. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1421]; if event [1421] has been activated and the set delay time is
passed then event [1422] will be activated until the measured value falls below the limit of
parameter [1421]. This parameter should be used for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 135/208 -

Service Manual

1423. - Pickup type (50G/N)
:
Three different pickup types for instantaneous ground overcurrent can be selected:

“meas.Ig1+2”: default setting; this parameter should not be changed.

“meas.Ignd1”: reserved

“meas.Ignd2”: reserved

1424. - Inrush blocking
:
The delay time of parameter [1422] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI
95i are detected.

ANSI 50G/N
off
on

E 1420 50G/N active

„1“

E 1421 Limit reached P 1422 50G/N Delay
P 1421 50G/N Pickup

&

I>

0
|

ANSI 95i
Inrush blocking

Figure 3-40

T
|

&

E 1422 50G/N Trip

Logic diagram for ANSI 50G/N

NOTE: Following parameters P[1425] bis P[1427] are only valid for the use of distance
protection function ANSI 21!
1425. – Io stab.start Imax/In
:
1426
–stab.factor
:
As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1425],
the earth overcurrent will be stabilized according to the following algorithm:
IoStab = Io * (1 – P[1426] ((IPHmax2 – P[1425]2) / IPHmax2)4)
with:
Io:
IoStab:
IPHmax :

momentary measured earth current
stabilized earth current for protection purposes [50G, 51G, 67GS]
maximum value of the measured phase currents IPh1…3

1427. CT-Saturation limit
:
As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1427],
the earth overcurrent alarm will be blocked.

- 136/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.15 ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay
AC time overcurrent relay is a relay that operates when its AC input current exceeds a
predetermined value and when the input current and operating time are inversely related through a
substantial portion of the performance range.
Setting range:

ANSI 51 AC time overcurrent
1500.
1501.
1502.
1503.
1504.
1505.
1506.
1507.
1508.
1509.
1510.
1511.
1512.
1513.
1514.
1515.

Time overcurrent relay :
– Limit
[1000]A :
- Time multiplier (TMS) :
- Curve shape
:
- Reset characteristic :
- 1.limit
[1200]A :
– Delay time (definite) :
- 2.limit
[1400]A :
– Delay time (definite) :
- 3. limit
[1800]A :
– Delay time (definite) :
– Reset character (Th) :
– Volt. restrain [51VR] :
– Volt. Low limit :
– Delay pickup in cycles:
– Block protection by
:
BACK

Figure 3-41

ON
100.0 %
1.00 sec
very inv
def./Th
110.0 %
1.0 sec
140.0 %
5.0 sec
180.0 %
1.0 sec
0 sec
OFF
10 %
10
10 ev.

ON/OFF/reclose
2.0-2999.9 %
0.03-10.00 sec
8 curve shapes (IDMT)
none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F
2.0-2999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
2.0-2999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
2.0-2999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0-99
sec
ON/OFF
10-90 %
0-9999
0-9999 ev.

EXIT

ANSI 51

Parameter description:
1500. Time overcurrent relay
:
If the AC time overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set
to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1501. - Limit [xxxx]A
:
Limit setting of AC time overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event
[1501] will be set.
1502. - Time multiplier (TMS)
:
Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1503]); if event
[1501] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve
shape is passed the event [1502] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below
the limit of parameter [1501]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1503. - Curve shape
:
Curve shape selection of AC time overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very
inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix
A5).
1504. - Reset characteristic
:
Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and
the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1501] then a special
reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The
following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also
Appendix A5).
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 137/208 -

Service Manual

In addition to the AC time overcurrent relay operating with inverse curve shapes, three further
limits with definite times can be used (parameters [1505] to [1510]).
1505. - 1. limit [xxxx]A
:
First additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1505] will
be set.
1506. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1505]; if event [1505] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1506] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1505].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1507. - 2. limit [xxxx]A
:
Second additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1507]
will be set.
1508. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1507]; if event [1507] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1508] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1507].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1509. - 3. limit [xxxx]A
:
Third additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1509]
will be set.
1510. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1509]; if event [1509] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1510] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1509].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1511. - Reset character (Th)
:
Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1504] is set to “def./Th”; if the calculated
delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of
parameter [1501] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time.

- 138/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1512. - Volt. restrain [51VR]
:
Parameter [1512] activates the voltage restrain function. If voltage restrain function is active
the Current limits ([1501], [1505], [1507] and [1509]) will be reduced proportional to the
relationship actual voltage to nominal voltage, as shown in the Figures 3-42 and 3-43.
1

0,9

Curve Pickup Multiplier

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
P

1513

0,3

0,2

0,1

0
0
P

Figure 3-42

1513.

1513

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 %

Voltage

Voltage low limit for ANSI 51

Pickup value calculation curve of the voltage restrain function

- Volt. low limit
:
The low voltage parameter limits the voltage restrain function to a minimum value (see
Figure 3-42).

1514. - Delay pickup in cycles

:

1515. - Block protection by
:
AC time overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For
blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [1515].
Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 139/208 -

Service Manual
ANSI 51
off
on
reclose

„1“

≥1

E 1500

51 active

E 1501 Limit reached

P 1502

≥1

TMS

ANSI 79 Reclose

P 1503 IDMT Curve

P 1501 51- TOC Pickup

&

t

E 1502 51-TOC Trip
on/off

I

3~

1504 Reset Char
.

Reclose

VR_EN

E 1505 Limit reached P 1506 51 -1 Delay
P 1505 51-1 Pickup

&

E 1506 51-1 Trip
on/off

3~
.
1511 Reset Char

Reclose

VR_EN

E 1507 Limit reached

P 1508 51-2 Delay

P 1507 51-2 Pickup

&

E 1508 51-2 Trip
on/off

3~
.
1511 Reset Char

VR_EN

Reclose

E 1509 Limit reached P 1510 51 -3 Delay
P 1509 51 -3 Pickup

&

E 1510 51 - 3 Trip
on/off

3~
1511 Reset Char
.

VR_EN

Reclose

on/off
Voltage Restrain

Figure 3-43

- 140/208 -

Logic diagram for the AC time overcurrent protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.16 ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay
Inverse time overcurrent protection 51G/N contains ANSI characteristic curves (IDMT).
The permissible setting range of this relay is depending on the ordered hardware. Refer to the
order information to get the right internal current transformers for your application.
ANSI 51G/N AC time ground overcurrent
1520.
1521.
1522.
1523.
1524.
1525.
1526.

Time ground overcurrent: ON
– Limit
[1000]A : 100.0 %
- Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec
- Curve shape
: very inv.
- Reset characteristic : def./Th
– Reset character (Th) :
0 sec
- Pickup type (51G/N) :meas.Ignd1

BACK
Figure 3-44

Setting range:
ON/OFF
2.0-999.9 %
0.01-10
sec
8 curve shapes (IDMT)
none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F
0-99 sec
meas.Ignd1/measIg1+2/meas.Ignd2/
calculated

EXIT

ANSI 51G/N

Parameter description:
1520. Time ground overcurrent
:
If the AC time ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1521. - Limit [xxxx] A
:
Limit setting of AC time ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit
event [1521] will be set.
1522. - Time multiplier (TMS)
:
Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1523]); if event
[1521] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve
shape is passed, the event [1522] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below
the limit of parameter [1521]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1523. - Curve shape
:
Curve shape selection of AC time ground overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse,
very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see
Appendix A5).
1524. - Reset characteristic
:
Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and
the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1521] then a special
reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The
following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also
Appendix A5).
1525. - Reset character (Th)
:
Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1524] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated
delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of
parameter [1521] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 141/208 -

Service Manual

1526. - Pickup type (51G/N)
:
Two different types of the AC time ground overcurrent pickup can be selected. The first one
is measured and the second is calculated.

- 142/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.17 ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor
ANSI 51LR
1540.
1541.
1542.
1543.
1544.




Locked rotor (motor)

Locked rotor relay : ON
Starting current
: 300.0 %
Starting time
: 10.0 sec
Locked rotor current: 200.0 %
Locked rotor time
:
8.0 sec
Tm (calculated)= 1.00 sec

BACK
Figure 3-45

Setting range:
ON/OFF
10-999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
10-999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
calculated from [1541] & [1542]

EXIT

ANSI 51 LR

Parameter description:
1540.

Locked rotor
relay
:
If the locked rotor protection should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1541.

- Starting current
:
During starting phase of the motor, the current will be limited with extremely inverse
characteristic. The time multiplier Tm (see figure 3-46) will be calculated with the starting
current [1541] and the starting time [1542].
The trip time formula for the extremely inverse characteristic is:

t = Tm *

80

(I / In )2 − 1

⇒ Tm =

2
(
parameter[1541] / In ) − 1
parameter[1542] *

80

Tm value will be displayed in the last line.
1542.

- Starting time
:
Because of the starting time, the time multiplier will be calculated. (see parameter [1542]).
The stating phase will be limited by two times this setting. Use the event [1542] for a binary
output or an alarm.

1543.

- Locked rotor current
:
During the running state of the motor, the trip time characteristic is definite. If the actual
measured value exceeds this limit event [1543] will be set.

1544.

- Locked rotor time
:
Time delay of event [1543]; if event [1543] is active and this delay time is passed the event
[1544] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1543].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 143/208 -

Service Manual

Extremely Inverse Trip Time Characteristic
t (S)

100000
10000

51 LR
Motor state: Starting

1000
100
10
Starting time
Parameter [1542]

1

0,1
0,01

1

Figure 3-46

Start current
Parameter [1541]

P.U
.
Inverse time characteristic during starting phase. The extremely inverse curve for trip
time will be defined by parameters [1541] and [1542]
2

10

20

51LR Trip Time Characteristics
10000
1000
51 LR
Motor state: Running

100
10

51 LR current
Parameter [1543]

1
0,1
0,01

1

Figure 3-47

- 144/208 -

2

51LR time
Parameter [1544]

6

PU

Definite time characteristic during running state of the motor. The time characteristic
will be defined by parameters [1543] and [1544]
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.18 ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay
The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a pre-determined
value.
The overvoltage protection has the task of preventing insulation failure by protecting against
abnormally high voltage levels. Abnormally high voltages often occur in low loaded, long distance
transmission lines, in islanded systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full load
shutdown of a generator from the system.
ANSI 59 Overvoltage relay
1600.
1601.
1602.
1603.
1604.
1605.
1606.

Setting range:

Overvoltage relay
: ON
- 1. Limit value
: 110.0 %
- Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec
- Curve shape
: definite
reserved :
- 2. Limit value
: 110.0 %
- Delay time (definite): 1.00 sec

BACK
Figure 3-48

ON/OFF/reclose
1-999.9 %
0.01-10 sec
normal inverse/definite
0-999.9 %
0.01-999.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 59

Parameter description:
1600. Overvoltage relay
:
If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to
“RECLOSE” it will close the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79.
1601. - 1. Limit value
:
First overvoltage limit; the activation of this limit value depends on the curve shape
selection of parameter [1603]:

“normal inverse”: If the actual measured voltage value plus 5% (k-factor) exceeds this
limit event [1601] will be set.

“definite”:

If the actual measured voltage value exceeds this limit event [1601]
will be set. No k-factor will be calculated.

1602. - Time multiplier (TMS)
:
Delay time setting for overvoltage 1. limit; the characteristic of the delay time depends on
the curve shape selection of parameter [1603]:

“normal inverse”: If normal inverse curve shape is selected this parameter will be used
as time multiplier.

“definite”:

If the curve shape is set to definite and if event [1601] is active, then
a definite delay time will be activated.

Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 145/208 -

Service Manual

1603. - Curve shape
:
Curve shape selection of overvoltage; one curve shape (normal inverse) and one definite
limit can be selected. Parameter [1602] is the time multiplier if the normal inverse curve is
selected. If this parameter is set to “definite” then a definite time delay can be activated.
1604.

reserved

:

1605. - 2. Limit value
:
Second overvoltage limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1605] will
be set.
1606. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1605]; if event [1605] is active and this delay time is passed, the event
[1606] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1605].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

ANSI 59
off
on
reclose

„1“

or

E 1600

P 1602

59 active

E 1601 Limit reached

≥1

TMS

ANSI 79 Reclose

P 1603 IDMT Curve

P 1601 59 -1 Pickup

&

U>

E 1602 59 -1 Trip

on/off

3~

Reclose

E 1605 Limit reached

P 1606 5 -2 Delay

P 1605 59 -2 Pickup

&

U >>

0
|

T
|

E 1606 59 -2 Trip
on/off

3~
Reclose

ANSI 59N
off
on
reclose

„1“

or

E 1610 59N active
E 1611 Limit reache

U>

P 1612 59N Delay

d

P 1611 59N Pickup

&

0
|

T
|

E 1612 59 -N Trip
on/off

3~

Figure 3-49

- 146/208 -

Reclose

Logic diagram for the overvoltage protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.19 ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay
There are two independent overvoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available.
The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a predetermined
value. It prevents insulation failure by protecting against abnormally high voltage levels.
Abnormally high voltages often occur in low-loaded long distance transmission lines, in isolated
systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full-load shutdown of a generator from the
system.
Setting range:

ANSI 59 B Bus overvoltage relay
1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay :
1611. - Overvoltage 1.limit :
1612. - Delay time(definite):
1613. - Overvoltage 2.limit :
1614. - Delay time(definite):
1620. BUS2 overvoltage relay :
1621. - Overvoltage 1.limit :
1622. - Delay time(definite):
1623. - Overvoltage 2.limit :
1624. - Delay time(definite):

BACK
Figure 3-50

ON
103.0
8.0
110.0
3.0
OFF
103.0
8.0
110.0
3.0

ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9

%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

EXIT

ANSI 59 B

Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the
following only the BUS1 parameters are described.
1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay
The enable switch for the overvoltage relay

:

1611. - Overvoltage 1. limit
:
First limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.
1612. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1611]; use the event [1612] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
1613. - Overvoltage 2. limit
:
Second limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.
1614. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1613]; use the event [1614] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 147/208 -

Service Manual

3.20 ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay
Ground detector relay is a relay that operates on failure of machine or other apparatus insulation to
ground.
Sensitive ground fault detection may be used in isolated or compensated systems to detect ground
faults. In solidly or low-resistance grounded systems, sensitive ground fault detection is used to
detect high impedance ground faults. Sensitive ground fault detection may be used for alarming
and acoustic signaling or may be allowed to initiate tripping. By summation of the moment values
of the single leak voltage (measured from the clip X1-17, 19 and 21) covered against the earth
(case) the misalignment tension is calculated:
U0 = ⅓ |Ū1 + Ū2 + Ū3|.
Programmable timers are supplied to supervise the alarming and tripping. For this protection
function the SYMAP® must be equipped with a sensitive input transformer. Because of its high
sensitivity, ground fault detection is not suited for detection of high magnitude ground faults. The
directional and non-directional overcurrent protection functions are preferred for this application.
ANSI 64/59N Overvoltage ground relay
1700.
1701.
1702.
1703.
1704.
1705.
1706.
1707.
1708.
1709.

Setting range:

Ground detector relay : OFF
- Limit value Ugnd1
: 100.0 %
- Delay time (definite): 10.0 sec
reserved:
- Limit value Ugnd2
: 100.0 %
- Delay time (definite): 10.0 sec
reserved:
Overvoltage relay [59N]: OFF
- 1.Limit value
: 50.0 %
- Delay time (definite): 1.0 sec

BACK
Figure 3-51

ON/OFF/reclose
0.1-999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-999.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
ON/OFF/reclose
0.1-100.0 %
0.01-999.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 64

Parameter description:
1700. Ground detector relay
:
If the ground detector relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1701. - Limit value Ugnd1
First limit setting of ground overvoltage

:

1702. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1701]; use this event to activate an output.
1704. - Limit value Ugnd2
Second limit setting of ground overvoltage

:

1705. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1704]; use this event to activate an output.
1707. Overvoltage relay [59N]
:
If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

- 148/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1708. - 1. Limit value
:
Limit setting of displacement voltage; the voltage will be calculated from the measured
three-phase system. Example: With a rated of 400 V and a strain of 10 % the permissible
displacement voltage corresponds 40 V.
1709. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1708]; use this event to activate an output.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 149/208 -

Service Manual

3.21 ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors
ANSI 66 Start inhibit for motors
1720.
1721.
1722.
1723.
1724.
1725.

Start inhibit relay :
- Allow time
:
- Allowed starts
:
- Limit time
:
- Thermal limit (0d):
– Event for SI

OFF
30.0 min
2
20.0 min
55 %

BACK
Figure 3-52

Setting range:
ON/OFF
1-999.9 min
1-50
1-999.9 min
1-100 %

EXIT

ANSI 66

Parameter description:
1720.

Start inhibit relay
:
If the start inhibit relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1721.

- Allow time
:
Defines the period of time in which a number of start attempts are allowed

1722.

- Allowed starts
:
Number of starts which are allowed within the period of time (parameter [1721])

1723.

- Limit time
:
After the last motor start, the limit time has to be passed before a new start is allowed.

1724.

- Thermal limit (0d)
:
If the thermal load of the motor is higher then this thermal limit no further start attempt is
allowed.

1725.

- Event for SI
:
If one of the above conditions for start inhibit (parameters [1721] to [1723]) is fulfilled event
[1725] start inhibit will be activated and the SI window in the LCD-display will appear.

NOTE:

The events [1721], [1723] and [1724] are only listed in the event history after event
[1725] is active and the ON-key is pressed.

Actual number of starts ≥ Allowed starts/allow time

≥1
Start Inhibit (SI)

Limit time [1723] after last start attempt active

Event [1725]

Actual thermal load > thermal limit [1724]

Figure 3-53
- 150/208 -

Start inhibit for motors – overview
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.22 ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay
AC directional overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC overcurrent
flowing in a predetermined direction.
When the directional overcurrent stage exceeds the current setting (parameter [1801]) and if the
directional operation has been selected then the directional criteria should activate event [1801].
After the time delay, event [1802] will be activated. These events can be used to activate the alarm
controller and the binary outputs.
The operation of the directional overcurrent stage is based on a definite time or inverse time
characteristic. This mode of operation is set with parameter [1803]. At definite time mode of
operation, the operating time is set in 10 msec steps. At inverse time mode of operation (I.D.M.T.),
six internally standardized and two special type time/current characteristics are available. The
operation stage starts if the current on one of the phases exceeds the setting value and if the
phase angle between the current and base angle falls within the operation sector +/- 60° and if the
phase angle is selected at parameter [1807].
The directional control is based on measuring the phase current and the phase voltage. The phase
voltage is recalculated from the line voltage, which means that earth influences at the phase
voltage are eliminated.
ANSI 67 AC directional overcurrent
1800. AC dir.overcurrent [67]:
ON
1801. – Limit value [1000]A : 100.0 %
1802. - Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec
1803. - Curve shape
: very inv.
1804. - Reset characteristic : def./Th
1805. – Reset character. (Th):
0 sec
1806. – Current direction
: reverse
1807.
– Phase angle
:0 °
1808. – Voltage low limit
:
8 %
1809.- delay pickup in cycle:
8
1830.- block protection by :
10
BACK
Figure 3-54

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.1-999,9 %
0.01-10
sec
normal inverse…curve F +definite
none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F
0-99 sec
reverse/forward/angle
-180°- +180°
0-999 %
0-9999
0-9999

EXIT

ANSI 67

Parameter description:
1800. AC dir. overcurrent [67]
:
If the AC directional overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1801. - Limit value [xxxx]A
:
Limit setting of AC directional overcurrent relay; if one of the three phase currents (I1-I3)
exceeds this limit event [1801] will be activated.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 151/208 -

Service Manual

1802.- Time multiplier (TMS)
:
Delay time for directional overcurrent; depending on parameter [1803]; this parameter can
be used as time multiplier for inverse time characteristics or for definite delay time.
Time multiplier:
Event [1801] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen
curve shape (parameter [1803]) is passed, then event [1802] will be activated as long as
the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801].
Definite delay time:
If the event [1801] is active and this definite delay time is passed then event [1802] will be
activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801].
Please use parameter [1802] for the alarm or output controller.
1803. - Curve shape
:
Curve shape selection of AC directional overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse,
very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see
Appendix A5).
1804. - Reset characteristic
:
Reset characteristic of AC directional overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time has
been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter
[1801] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with
this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve
D-F (see also Appendix A5).
1805. - Reset character. (Th)
:
Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1804] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated
delay time has been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of
parameter [1801] then the calculated delay time will be on hold for this time.
1806. - Current direction
:
The operational direction of the directional stage can be selected to be “forward”, “reverse”
or “angle”, which means the operational sector will be defined with the angle definition of
parameter [1807] +/-60°.

U1

IL1

Non operational
Sector

U2

Figure 3-55

- 152/208 -

Reverse
direction

U3

Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “reverse”

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

U1

U2

Figure 3-56

IL1

Non operational
Sector

Forward
direction

U3

Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “forward”

-60°

U1

IL1
φParameter [1807] =
-45°

+60°

U3

Figure 3-57

1807.

Non operational
Sector

U2

Operational sector when parameter [1806] is set to “angle” and Parameter
[1807] is set to -45°

- phase angle
:
If the operational direction of the directional stage is selected with “angle” the operational
sector is defined with this parameter +/- 60°.

1808. - voltage low limit
:
Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of
this parameter must be exceeded to activate the protection function and to determine the
angle between voltage and current.

Phase current > Parameter [1801]

≥1

Phase current within operating area Parameter [1806]

®

SYMAP

Parameter [1802]

ANSI 67 tripped

Event [1802]

Phase voltage > Parameter [1808]

Figure 3-58

Delay time

Criteria for ANSI 67 trip

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 153/208 -

Service Manual
ANSI 67-TOC
off

„1“

on

P 1801

67-TOC Pickup

P 1806

67-TOC Direction

E 1800 67-TOC active

P 1802

TMS

E 1801 Limit reached

P 1803 IDMT Curve

&

E 1802 67-TOC Trip

3~

VR_EN

P 1804 Reset Char.

on/off

„1“ Voltage Restrain

P 1805 Reset Char. Th

ANSI 67 N/G/Gs
off
on

„1“

E 1808

67 N/G/Gs active

P 1809 67 N/G/Gs Pickup

P 1810

P 1814 67 N/G/Gs Direction
P 1815

E 1809 Limit reached

TMS

P 1811 IDMT Curve

67 N/G/Gs Type

&

E 1810

67 N/G/Gs Trip

3~

P 1812 Reset Char.
P 1813 Reset Char. Th

Figure 3-59

- 154/208 -

Logic diagram for the AC directional overcurrent protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.23 ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay
The AC directional ground overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC
ground overcurrent flowing in a predetermined direction.
The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware. Refer to the purchase
information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers.
Required measuring inputs (pick up) for ANSI67GS/GD protection:

Ground current input “IG1”, connector X1

Ground voltage input “UG”, connector X1

ATTENTION:

ANSI 67GS is only available if the protection device is equipped with a sensitive
earth current measuring input!

ANSI 67GS/GD AC dir. ground overcurrent
1810.AC direction. [67GS]
: ON
1811.- Limit value [Ignd1]
:
1.5 mA
1812.– Max. limit (no dir.) :
4.0 mA
1813.- Delay time (definite) : 1.0
sec
1814.– Volt. low limit [Vo1] :
10 %
1815.– Phase angle [+/-60]
:
-55 deg
1816.– delay pickup in cycles:
0
1817.- block protection by
:
0 ev.

BACK
Figure 3-60

Setting range:
ON/OFF
0.1-6000.0 mA or 2.0-2999.9%
0.1-6000.0 mA or 2.0-2999.9%
0.01-99.99 sec
1-999 %
0-360°
1-9999
1-9999

EXIT

ANSI 67GS/GD

Parameter description:
1810. AC direction.[67GS/GD]
:
If the AC dir. ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
1811. - Limit value [Ignd1]
:
Limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; the unit of this limit is mA instead of a
percentage. Through this unit very small values can be set (e.g. if a ZCT is in use). If the
ground current exceeds this limit value event [1811] will be activated.
1812. - Max. limit value (no dir.)
:
Maximum limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; if the ground current exceeds
these limit value events [1811] and [1812] will be activated. These events will in turn
activate the Delay Timer [1813] without checking the directional conditions. To disable the
maximum limit supervision set this parameter to zero.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 155/208 -

Service Manual

1813.- Delay time (definite)
:
The delay timer for the directional ground overcurrent relay will be activated if the following
criteria are fulfilled:

The ground (neutral) current exceeds the limit value of parameter [1811].

The ground (residual) voltage exceeds the limit value of parameter [1814].

The phase angle φ is within the operating range given with Parameter [1815] +/-60°.

The timer will also be activated when the ground current exceeds the limit value of
parameter [1812]. If the delay time is passed then event [1813] will be activated as long as
the above criteria are fulfilled. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
1814. - volt. Low limit [Vo1]
:
Limit setting for ground voltage; if the ground voltage exceeds this limit the protection relay
will be activated. To secure reliable relay operation at extremely low ground voltage, a
memory function has been implemented. At sudden loss of ground voltage in a fault
situation, this memory function gives the directional stage an additional 3 seconds time to
operate after loss of voltage (ground voltage below parameter [1814]).
1815. - Phase angle [+/-60°]
:
Definition of the operating area of the directional ground current relay; the operating area is
defined by this phase angel (Io to Uo) plus 60° degrees in both directions. If the actual
phase angle of the ground current in relation to the ground voltage is within the operating
area then the protection relay will be activated (see also figures 3-61 and 3-62).
U0
I0
φ p[1815]

non operational
Sector

I0 LIMIT [1811]

±60

Figure 3-61

- 156/208 -

Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = +90°

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

U0
φ

I0

±60

non operational
Sector

Figure 3-62

I0 LIMIT [1811]

Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = 0°

1816. - delay pickup in cycles
:
If the conditions for the directional overcurrent relay are fulfilled then the pickup events
[1811] or [1813] will be activated. The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise increased by
this parameter.
1817. - block protection by
:
AC directional ground overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active
event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to
parameter [1817]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is
active.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 157/208 -

Service Manual

3.24 ANSI 78 – Vector surge/dF/dt supervision relay
Setting range:

ANSI 78 Vector surge supervision
1840.
Vector surge superv. :
1841. - limit for phase jump :
1842.
- current increase
:
1843.
reserved:
1844. – minimum voltage
:
1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec:
1846. – delay time (definite):

BACK
Figure 3-63

ON/OFF
0-360 deg
0.0-999.9 %

ON
0 deg
0.0 %

0.0-99.9 %
0.00-99.99 Hz
0.00-99.99 sec

90.0 %
5.00 Hz
0.10 sec

EXIT

ANSI 78

Parameter description:
1840. Vector surge superv.
:
To activate the vector surge supervision, set parameter [1840] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF”.
1841. - limit for phase jump
:
If a phase jump is higher than the limit set in parameter [1841] is detected than event [1841]
will be activated. This event triggers the current flow check. Do not use this event to
activate a relay output, since the active state of this event is too short. If no current increase
check is needed use event [1842] for activating a relay output. In this case, set parameter
[1842] to zero.
1842.

- current increase
:
After a phase jump (event [1841]) is detected, the current flow check will be activated. If this
parameter is set to zero event [1842] will be activated immediately. Otherwise if the current
flow after the following cycle exceeds the limit set in parameter [1841] then event [1842] will
be activated. Use this event number to activate a relay output.

1843.

reserved

:

Not in use
1844. - minimum voltage
:
If the feeder voltage exceeds the limit set in parameter [1844] then the vector surge
supervision (parameters [1841] and [1842]) and the dF/dt supervision (parameters [1845]
and [1846]) will be activated after a two seconds delay.

- 158/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec
:
Limit value for the dF/dt supervision; if the frequency changes per second exceed the limit
value set in parameter [1845] event [1845] will be activated as long as the frequency
changes are below this limit. The dF/dt supervision can be switched off if this value is set to
zero.
Example: The allowed frequency change per 100 ms is 0.5 Hz.
That means the frequency change per second is 5 Hz. This limit value should
be set with parameter [1845].
=> 0.5 Hz/100 ms = 5 Hz/1 s
1846. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [1845]; if event [1845] is active and this delay time is passed, event
[1846] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1845].
Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 159/208 -

Service Manual

3.25 ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping
Setting range:

ANSI 78 S Out of step tripping
1850.
1851.
1852.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1857.

Out of step tripping
:
– limit reverse power :
reserved:
– limit high act.power :

reserved:
– number of periods
:

reserved:
–holding time of pickup:

BACK
Figure 3-64

ON
5.0 %

ON/OFF
0.0-99.9 %

75.0 %

0.0-199.9%
0-100

4

0.1-999.9 sec

40.0 sec

EXIT

ANSI 78 S

Parameter description:
1850. Out-of-step tripping
:
To activate the Out-of-step tripping supervision, set parameter [1850] to “ON”, otherwise to
“OFF”.
1851. - limit reverse power
:
Low limit setting of Out-of-step tripping supervision; if the active power of the generator
exceeds this limit value the out-of-step supervision will be activated. This means the
supervision period timer will be started if it has not already been activated.
1852.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter
1853. - limit high act. power
:
High limit setting of out-of-step tripping supervision; if the supervision period timer is
running (see parameter [1851]) and the active power of the generator exceeds this limit the
positive amplitude of the out-of-step tripping supervision will be registered. An out-of-step
period is complete if during the supervision time (parameter [1857]) the high limit and the
low limit (parameters [1851] and [1853]) are detected.
1854.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter
1855. - number of periods
:
Maximum number of periods for out-of-step tripping; if the count of out-of-step periods
reaches this limit then the trip condition has been reached and event [1855] will be
activated. This event remains active as long as during the next supervision period no outof-step conditions are measured. Please use this parameter number for the alarm or output
controller.
1856.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter

- 160/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1857. -holding time of pickup
:
Maximum supervision time for an out-of-step period; if the supervision timer has run down
without detecting another out-of-step condition, the period counter will be set to zero.
Active power P
100%

„limit high act. power“ P[1853] = 60%

P>0

0%

t

„limit reverse power“ P[1851] = -10%

P<0: reverse power!

„holding time of pickup“ P[1857] = 30s

t
„number of periods“ P[1855] = 4
3
2

t

1
0

„ANSI 78S pickup“ E[1853]

t
„ANSI 78S trip“ E[1855]

t

Figure 3-65

Example for ANSI 78 S out-of-step tripping

Explanation of the diagram:
1. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] and so the
timer for out-of-step period supervision “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has been started.
2. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit high act. power” P[1853]. This is
another criterion for the out-of-step period.
3. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] again. The
out-of-step condition has been reached, since a whole power swing period has been
gained before the “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has run down. The out-of-step counter
“number of periods “ P[1855] will be increased by one, and event “ANSI 78S pickup”
E[1853] becomes active. Subsequently, the next power swing period will be supervised.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 161/208 -

Service Manual

4. The number of out-of-step periods has reached the maximum “number of periods”
P[1855]), thus event “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be activated.
5. If timer for out-of-step period supervision runs down without detecting another out-of-step
period, the events “ANSI 78S pickup” E[1853] and “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be
deactivated. The out-of-step counter will be reset.
NOTE:

- 162/208 -

The timer for out-of-step period supervision will be activated, only if the active power
falls below the “limit reverse power“ P[1851].

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.26 ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay
AC reclosing relay is a relay that controls the automatic reclosing and locking out of an AC circuit
breaker.
From experience, the majority of faults associated with overhead distribution feeders are
temporary in nature. Therefore, to maximize service availability, it is desirable to employ a system
that will close the circuit breaker shortly after it is tripped. This is accomplished in the SYMAP® via
the automatic reclosing system. When the automatic reclosing system is used if the fault still exists
after the circuit breaker has been reclosed, then the protective elements will re-trip the circuit
breaker. Depending on the number of reclosing attempts programmed for the automatic reclosing
system (up to nine are possible), the circuit breaker will either be reclosed again, or it will remain
open. The automatic reclosing function is typically utilized only in situations in which the
occurrence of temporary faults is anticipated. Therefore, the automatic reclosing system is not
applied when the SYMAP® is used to protect generators, motors, transformers, and cables. The
automatic reclosing function can also be initiated by an external protection relay. For this
application, an output contact from the tripping relay must be wired to a binary input of the
SYMAP®. It is also possible to allow the SYMAP® to work in conjunction with an external reclosing
device.
Initiation of the automatic reclosing function can be caused by internal protective functions or
externally using a binary input. Each of the following elements may initiate the automatic reclosing
function:
ANSI 50-1, 50-2, 50-r, 51, 46-1, 46-2, 46-TOC
The automatic reclosing system can be programmed so that any of the elements above can
initiate, not initiate, or block reclosing. If an element initiates reclosing the appropriate reclosing
program is executed.
ANSI 79 AC reclosing relay
1900. AC reclosing relay
:
1901.
- Reclaim time
:
1902.
- Reclosing trials
:
1903.
- 1. Reclosing time :
1904.
- 2. Reclosing time :
1905.
- 3. Reclosing time :
1906.
- 4. Reclosing time :
1907.
- 5. Reclosing time :
1908.
- 6. Reclosing time :
1909.
- 7. Reclosing time :
1910.
- 8. Reclosing time :
1911.
- 9. Reclosing time :
1912.
– Blocking via event :
1913.
- Initiate via event :
1914.
– CB reclose event
1915. –Reclose event duration:
1916. –Reclose success event
1917. –Reclose fail event
BACK
Figure 3-66

®

SYMAP

Setting range:

ON
20.0
3
250
3.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0

sec
ms
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec

100 ms

ON/OFF
0.1-999.9
0-999
0-9999
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
0.1-999.9
Event no.
Event no.

sec
ms
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec

0-9999 ms

EXIT

ANSI 79

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 163/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description:
1900.

AC reclosing relay
:
If the AC reclosing relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1901.

- Reclaim time
:
The reclaim time is the setting of the maximum time of the whole reclosure attempt.

1902.

- Reclosing trials
:
Setting of the maximum numbers of reclosures shots

1903.

- 1. Reclosing time
Setting of the first reclosing time

:

1904.

- 2. Reclosing time
Setting of the second reclosing time

:

1905.

- 3. Reclosing time
Setting of the third reclosing time

:

1906.

- 4. Reclosing time
Setting of the forth reclosing time

:

1907.

- 5. Reclosing time
Setting of the fifth reclosing time

:

1908.

- 6. Reclosing time
Setting of the sixth reclosing time

:

1909.

- 7. Reclosing time
Setting of the seventh reclosing time

:

1910.

- 8. Reclosing time
Setting of the eighth reclosing time

:

1911.

- 9. Reclosing time
Setting of the ninth reclosing time

:

1912.

- Blocking via event
:
The breaker reclosure command can be blocked by entering the belonging event number.
All other functions of ANSI 79 are active.

1913.

- Initiate via event
:
A reclosure shot can be initiated by entering the selected event number. That is only
possible when the reclose time is active only.

1914.

- CB reclose event
This event will drive the breaker over a binary output.
.

1915. - Reclose event duration
:
The duration is responsible for the length of pulse time of the reclosure shot.
1916. - Reclose success event

.

1917. - Reclose fail event

- 164/208 -

.

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Trip Command
CLOSE

Breaker Status

OPEN

Reclosing Command
1. Reclosing Time

duration
[1915]
2. Reclosing Time

Reclaim Time

Figure 3-67

Timing diagram for a second successful reclosure

Trip Command
CLOSE

Breaker Status

OPEN

Reclosing Command
1. Reclosing Time

duration
[1915]
2. Reclosing Time

Reclaim Time

Figure 3-68

®

SYMAP

Timing diagram for two unsuccessful reclosing shots

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 165/208 -

Service Manual

3.27 ANSI 81 – Frequency relay
Frequency relay is a relay that responds to the frequency of an electrical quantity and operates
when the frequency or rate of change of frequency exceeds or is less than a predetermined value.
The frequency is measured from the feeder voltage.
The frequency protection function detects abnormally high and low frequencies in the system. If
the frequency lies outside the allowable range, appropriate actions are initiated, such as load
shedding or separating a generator from the system. A decrease in system frequency occurs when
the system experiences an increase in the real power demand or when a malfunction occurs with a
generator governor or automatic generation control (AGC) system. An increase in system
frequency occurs when large blocks of load are removed from the system or again when a
malfunction occurs with a generator governor or AGC system. Through the use of filters and
repeated measurements, the frequency evaluation is free from harmonic influences and very
accurate.
Frequency protection consists of four frequency elements. Two given frequency element can be
set to pickup for overfrequency and two for underfrequency conditions. Each element can be
independently set and utilized to perform different functions within the system.
The frequency can be determined as long as the positive sequence voltages are present and of
sufficient magnitude. If the measurement voltage drops below a settable value (parameter [2012])
then frequency protection is blocked. For elements used in an underfrequency protection mode, as
soon as the frequency of the measured voltage decreases below the setting, the element picks up
and remains picked up until the system frequency increases above the setting. For elements used
in an overfrequency protection mode, as soon as the frequency of the measured voltage increases
above the setting, the element picks up and remains picked up until the frequency decreases
below the setting.
ANSI 81 Frequency relay
2000.
2001.
2002.
2003.
2004.
2005.
2006.
2007.
2008.
2009.
2010.
2011.
2012.

Frequency relay
: OFF
Overfreq. 1.step limit : 102.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
4.0 sec
reserved:
Overfreq. 2.step limit : 104.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
2.0 sec
reserved:
Underfreq. 1.step limit: 98.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
4.0 sec
reserved:
Underfreq. 2.step limit: 86.0 %
- Delay time (definite):
2.0 sec
Undervoltage blocking :
0.0 %
BACK

Figure 3-69

- 166/208 -

Setting range:
ON/OFF/CB ON
100.0-199.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
100.0-199,9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-99.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-99.9 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.1-99.9 %

EXIT

ANSI 81

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Parameter description:
2000. Frequency relay
:
This parameter activates the frequency supervision, whereby:

“OFF”:

deactivates,

“ON”:

activates and

“CB ON”: activates the underfrequency supervision only if the circuit breaker is
switched on.

2001.Overfreq. 1.step limit
Limit setting of definite overfrequency

:

2002. - Delay time (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2001]; use this event to activate an output.
2003.

reserved

:

2004. Overfreq. 2.step limit
Limit setting of definite overfrequency

:

2005. - Delay time (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2004]; use this event to activate an output.
2006.

reserved

2007. Underfreq. 1.step limit
Limit setting of definite underfrequency

:
:

2008. - Delay time (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2007]; use this event to activate an output.
2009.

reserved

2010. Underfreq. 2.step limit
Limit setting of definite underfrequency

:
:

2011. - Delay time (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2010]; use this event to activate an output.
2012. Undervoltage blocking
This parameter depends on the device type.

:

Device type BC or X:
When the feeder voltage is lower than this setting the underfrequency protection function is
disabled.
Device type BCG or XG:
This parameter is not active since the underfrequency relay works when the main breaker
is on, otherwise it is blocked.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 167/208 -

Service Manual
ANSI 81

off
on

„1“
P 2012

Reset

≥1

Setting

Startup
U>
3~

S1
R

E 200

8 active

Q
E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -1 Pickup

&

f>

8 -1 Delay

P 200
0
|

T
|

E 200

8 -1 Trip

3~

E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -2 Pickup

&

f >>

8 -2 Delay

P 200
0
|

T
|

E 200

8 -2 Trip

3~

E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -3 Pickup

&

f<

P 200
0
|

8 -3 Delay
T
|

E 200

8 -3 Trip

3~

P 201 8 -4 Pickup

f <<

E 201 Limit reached

&

8 -4 Delay

P 201
0
|

T
|

E 201

8 -4 Trip

3~

Figure 3-70

- 168/208 -

Logic diagram for the frequency protection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.28 ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay
There are two independent frequency relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available.
ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay

Setting range:

2020.BUS1 frequency relay
: ON
2021.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102.0 %
2022.
- delay (definite):
8.0 sec
2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit : 108.0 %
2024.
- delay (definite):
2.0 sec
2025.- Underfrequency 1.limit: 98.0 %
2026.
- delay (definite):
4.0 sec
2027.- Underfrequency 2.limit: 97.0 %
2028.
- delay (definite):
1.0 sec
2029.- Minimum startvoltage : 30.0 %
2030.BUS2 frequency relay
: ON
2031.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102.0 % ↓
BACK
Figure 3-71

ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
ON/OFF
0.0-999.9

ANSI 81 B-1

- delay (definite):
7.0
Overfrequency 2.limit : 105.0
- delay (definite):
3.0
Underfrequency 1.limit: 99.0
- delay (definite):
9.0
Underfrequency 2.limit: 98.0
- delay (definite):
1.5
Minimum startvoltage : 25.0

BACK
Figure 3-72

%

EXIT

ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay
2032.
2033.2034.
2035.2036.
2037.2038.
2039.-

%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%

Setting range:


sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%

0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9

sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%

EXIT

ANSI 81 B-2

Parameter description:
The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the
following only the BUS1 parameters are described:
2020. BUS1 frequency relay
The enable switch for the frequency relay

:

2021. - Overfrequency 1.limit
:
First limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm
pre-warning.
2022.

- delay (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2021]; use the event [2022] to activate a binary output and an alarm.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 169/208 -

Service Manual

2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit
:
Second limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.
2024.

- delay (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2023]; use the event [2024] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

2025. - Underfrequency 1.limit
:
First limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm
prewarning.
2026.

- delay (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2025]; use the event [2026] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

2027. - Underfrequency 2.limit
:
Second limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an
alarm prewarning.
2028.

- delay (defnite)
:
Time delay of event [2027]; use the event [2028] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

2029. - Minimum startvoltage
If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases the frequency relay remains always active until
power on reset.
.

- 170/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.29 ANSI 86 – Lockout relay
Lockout relay is a reset auxiliary relay that is operated manually upon the occurrence of abnormal
conditions to maintain associated equipment or devices inoperative until it is reset.
Setting range:

ANSI 86 Lockout relay
2090.
2091.
2092.

Operate as Flip-Flop?:
- reset by event
:
– lockout set (stored)

BACK
Figure 3-73

NO/YES
0-9999

NO
9999

EXIT

ANSI 86

Parameter description:
2090. Operate as Flip-Flop?
:
If the lockout relay should be activated set it to “ON”. The lockout function of the binary
output –X2.1/16, 17 (event [0702]) is active.
This relay output is working as a normal binary output in case the failure lockout relay is
switched off. Otherwise, it can be used as S/R-flip-flop (see figure 3-70).
2091. - reset by event
:
This event initiates a reset of the failure lockout relay output in case the release of the
output is no longer active. This function is comparable with a SR-Register.
2092. lockout set (stored)

:

Binary Output Event [0702]
1. Event
2. Event
3. Event
4. Event
5. Event
6. Event

Parameter
[2090]

≥1

&

S
R

[0702]

[0703]

Parameter [2091]
Figure 3-74

®

SYMAP

Logic diagram for the lockout relay function

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 171/208 -

Service Manual

3.30 ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay
Differential protection relay is a relay that functions on a percentage or phase angle or other
quantitative difference of two currents or of some other electrical quantities.
ANSI 87 Differential protection
2100.Diff. protective relay :
2101.– Diff. limit
[200]A :
2102.- Delay time (definite) :
2103.– Angle compensation
:
2104.- reserved
:
2105.– power flow
for 87LD :
2106.– min. voltage for 87LD :
2107.– Inrush blocking
:
2108.– Bias limit
:
2109.– Zero compensation
:
2110.– delay pickup in cycles:
2111.- block protection by
:
2112.- reserved
:
BACK
Figure 3-75

Setting range:

OFF
20.0 %
0.15 sec
Dy1

ON/OFF
2.0-99.9 %
0.05-999.99 sec
None,Dy1,Dy5,Dy7,Dy11,Yd1…

forward
0.0 %
ON
10.0 %
OFF
1
0 ev.

forward/reverse
0.0-99.9 %
ON/OFF
0.1-999.9 %
ON/OFF
0-9999
0-9999

EXIT

ANSI 87

Parameter description:
2100. Diff. protective relay
:
This parameter activates the differential protection, whereby:

“OFF”:

deactivates,

“ON”:

activates and

“CB ON”:

activates the differential protection only when the circuit breaker has been
switched on.

2101. - Diff. Limit [xxxx]A
:
Limit setting of definite differential protection; if the actual measured current difference
exceeds this limit event [2101] will be activated.
2102. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2101]; if event [2101] has been activated and the delay time is passed
then event [2102] will remain activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of
parameter [2101]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.
2103. - Angle compensation
NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!

In case of transformer application, the angle compensation can be activated. Table 3-1
shows the possible settings and the corresponding phase shifts (Iprim/Isec) of the different
transformer types.

- 172/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual
Table 3-1

Vector group matching

Transformer
type
NONE
Dy1
Dy5
Dy7
Dy11
Yd1
Yd5
Yd7
Yd11

Phase shift
Transformer
Phase shift
Iprim to Isec (deg)
type
Iprim to Isec (deg)
0
Dd0
30
0
Dd2
150
60
Dd4
210
120
Dd6
330
180
Dd8
30
240
Dd10
150
300
Yy0
210
0
Yy6
330
180
y11 : Iprim to Isec1 :330° ; Isec1 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1
d0 : Iprim to Isec2 : 0° ; Isec2 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2
y6 : Iprim to Isec1 : 180° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2
d5 : Iprim to Isec2 : 150° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1
Y0 : Iprim to Isec1 :
0° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2
d1 : Iprim to Isec2 : 30° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1

Dy11d0
Yy6d5
Yy0d1

2104. reserved

:

2105.- power flow for 87LD

:

NOTE:

Only in use for devices with line differential protection!

Definition of the power flow; the direction of the power flow will be transferred via the
communication line. The status of the power flow is used to compare the RMS-values of the
feeder phase currents with the received currents values (RMS) of the partner device. This
function is activated when parameter [2106] is unequal to zero.
2106. - min. voltage for 87LD
NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with line differential protection!

The operation of the line differential protection is influenced in the following ways:

“0%”:

“1%” – “99%”: The line differential protection function is blocked when a minimum of
one feeder voltage is zero or under the limit value. If the feeder voltage
is higher than this limit the protection function will be released, the
power flow status of each phase will be calculated and transferred to
the partner device.

The line differential protection is always active. Only the RMS-values of
both devices are compared.

2107. - Inrush blocking
:
The delay time of parameter [2102] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI
95i settings are detected. The condition of the inrush can be set within the parameter group
“ANSI 95i inrush blocking”.
2108. - Bias limit
:
If the actual measured feeder current exceeds the nominal value a spread factor will be
calculated, increasing the limit of parameter [2101]. Figure 3-76 shows the formula and the
characteristic of the bias factor:

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 173/208 -

Service Manual
ANSI 87 [bias factor]

200
Calculation of actual differential protection limit with bias
factor:

differential protection limit in [%] of In

180

bias = 50,0%
bias = 40,0%

160

diff.limit = parameter [2101] +
parameter [2101] * parameter [2108] * (I/In -1)

140

whereby:
parameter [2101]: diff.limit [ANSI 87]
parameter [2108]: bias factor (in percent)

120

bias = 30,0%

bias = 20,0%

100
80

bias = 10,0%
60
40
setpoint diff.limit ;here: [2101] =

20
0
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

I/In

Figure 3-76

Formula and characteristic of the bias factor

2109. - Zero compensation
NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!

This parameter activates the zero compensation. In case of start-connection of transformer
(e.g. Dyn 11 with connected neutral line) the y-connected side will be zero compensated.
Therefore the sum of all momentary phase current values will be calculated. This neutral
current will be used to reduce the measured current difference of the transformer.
2110. - delay pickup in cycles
:
If the actual measured difference current is higher then the limit setting of definite
differential protection (parameter [2101]) the pickup of this protection relay will be activated.
The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise (at fn = 50 Hz: 20 ms, at fn=60 Hz: 16,7 ms)
increased by this parameter.
Example: Rated frequency = 50 Hz.
Parameter [2110] = 3
=> Pickup delay time: 3 × 20 ms = 60 ms.
2111. - block protection by
:
Differential protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the
number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [2111]. Blocking is
only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.
2112. - reserved

- 174/208 -

:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Figure 3-77 shows a CT-connection example for the ANSI 87 protection relay.

CT-connection

1
I1
2
3
I
4 2
5
I3
6

P1
P2

P1

CT
P2

P1
P2

13

I G1
14

G/M
3~

15 U ISO

AVR
Rotor insulation

P2

CT

P1

7
I
8 D1
9
10 I D2
11

P2

12

P1
P2

X1

I D3

®

SYMAP -BC_connection_ANSI 87N

X1 = Type 3 CMA199 – 3/13

Figure 3-77

®

SYMAP

CT-connection for ANSI 87

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 175/208 -

Service Manual

3.31 ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection
The line differential protection supervises a line section through current differential measurement.
Therefore 2 devices on both line ends are necessary. Both devices are measuring the 3 phase line
current. Over fibre optic, or copper pilot wire, the measuring values will be transmitted, and the
difference values calculated. In the case of over limits, both circuit breakers on the cable end will
be tripped.
Connection example for fibre optic
Transfer line

IA
Station A

k

l

IB
k

l

Station B

Protection area

LWL (max.: 40 km)
*

Device A
with:
IA:
IB:
ID:
LWL:

Mode

Max.
Distance

Line/Core

Singlemode
Multimode

40 km
2,5 km

9/125 µm
62,5/125 µm

Max. distance depends on patch numbers.

Device B

Line current measured in station A
Line current measured in station B
Differential current IA- IB
Fiber optic; Communication interface between A and B

Figure 3-78

- 176/208 -

Line Differential Protection – fibre optic connection

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Connection example for copper connection
Transfer line

IA

IB

Station A

Station B
Protection area

LD-cooper line (max.: 700m)
29a

29a

28a

28a

29

29

28

28
120Ω

120Ω

Protection device A
with:
IA:
IB:
ID:
LD-copper:

Figure 3-79

Table 3-2
Mode

*

Line current measured in station A
Line current measured in station B
Differential current IA- IB
Copper line; communication interface between Device A and B

Line Differential Protection – copper pilot wiring

LD copper connection
Min.Baud rate

Multi mode

Protection device B

125KBd/s

Type /line cross section

*

Max. Distance

Nym line/1,5mm²

400m

Twisted and blinded line 0,5mm²

700m

Copper

Load resistance

RT=120Ω

the longer the distance, the smaller the baud rate

Measuring method
Both devices measure the three phase current and voltage on both line ends. Via this dates, the
devices calculate value and direction of each phase current. This data’s will be transmitted over
the fibre optics or copper wire to the other side. After accurate transmission the differential currents
will be calculated. For the case of faulty communication the protection will be immediately blocked.
Communication [system parameter/03 communication]
Both, fibre optic and copper connection will be activated by communication parameter (serial port
2):
Parameter description:
0322. SERIAL PORT (ASC2)
:
Engaging of the serial port for the fibre optic, and the copper connection.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 177/208 -

Service Manual

0323.

-address
:
Communication address; within the fibre optic and the copper connection the decive should
have address numbers 1 and 2.

0324.

-baud rate
:
Bit rate; the baud rate of the fibre optic communication needs to be adjusted on min. 89300
Baud (bit/sec), and for the copper communication min. 125000 Baud (bit/sec). A higher bit
rate improves the result of the differential current measurement, due to the fact, that the
relative time delay for the protocol exchange will be limited. This parameter needs to be
similar for both devices.

After adjusting the communication parameter, both devices will establish a connection. Therefore
the device with the No.1 will send a protocol with the measurement values to device 2 all 16-20ms.
After successful receive of the protocol, the device 2 will answer with an own protocol. The line
differential protection will be blocked, if within 20ms no protocol will be received. The event [0324]
will be activated, if more than 10 protocols will be lost consecutively. After 2 min. communication
error, the system alarm „3041. ACC2 bus off“ will be activated. .
Calibration parameter
Via the calibration parameter hardware components will be activated. The following calibrating
parameters are important for the line differential protection.
Parameter description:
0067. Diff. Current input
:
Activation of the differential protection; over engaging „LINE DIFF“ the operating system will
be prepared in that way, that the currents for the differential calculation will be transmitted
over the fibre optic, or copper connection.
0060. Current direction
:
Definition of the current direction; for current measuring in one similar direction (see k and l
designation in figure 1.1), the direction of both devices needs to be adjusted on „forward“.
If both devices are measuring into the protection zone, one device needs to be adjusted on
„forward“, the other one on „reverse“.
Protection parameter
For line differential protection the parameter „ANSI 87 Differential protection“ needs to be chosen.
The following parameters are available.
Parameter description:
2100. Diff. Protection relay
:
Protection function activate/ deactivate; for activation of the line differential protection, put
the parameter „ON“.
2101. - Diff. limit [ 80]A
:
Limit for differential protection. If the diff. current exceeds this limit, the differential
protection will be started and event no. [2101] activated; (difference of the instantaneous
current values from device A and B inclusive the power flow). For secure function of this
limit min. 60ms are necessary.
2102. - Delay time (definite)
:
Delay time; exceeding of this time period activate the event [2102]. This event no. should
be used for function outputs or alarms.
- 178/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2103. - 2104.
These parameters are not used.
2105. - power flow for 87LD
:
Definition of the power flow; this parameter is similar to the calibration parameter [0060],
however this parameter refers just on the direction of the differential protection. All further
directional protection functions will be not affected.
2106. - min. voltage for 87LD
:
Min. line voltage for enabling the line differential protection; all 3 line voltage needs to be
above this limit, for activation of the line differential protection.
2106. - Inrush blocking
:
Inrush blocking; if an „inrush“ is detected“, the inrush blocking from parameter [2102] could
be used. Therefore the relays „ANSI 95i inrush blocking „ needs to be activated. All
necessary criteria for the detection of an inrush could be adjusted in this parameter group,
in order to extend the time limits.
2107. - Bias limit
:
Adjustment of the stabilizaation current; if the line current is above the nominal current,
(Parameter [0200]), the Parameter [2101] enables to extend the value depending the
current value. See „bias limit“ table service manual, chapter 1.2.28.
2108. - Zero compensation
This parameter is not used.

®

SYMAP

:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 179/208 -

Service Manual

3.32 ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay
Restrict earth fault relay is a protective relay that functions on a percentage difference of two
currents or of some other electrical quantities.
ANSI 87 N Restrict earth fault relay
2120.
2121.
2122.
2123.
2124.

Restr.earth fault
:
- Limit value [50]A
:
- Delay time (definite):
– Delay CT-saturation :
– Inrush blocking
:

BACK
Figure 3-80

Setting range:
ON/OFF/ON PRIMARY
0.0-999.9 %
0.1-9999.9 sec
0.1-9999.9 sec
ON/OFF

OFF
5.0 %
0.3 sec
1.0 sec
ON

EXIT

ANSI 87 N

Parameter description:
2120. Restr.earth fault

:

“OFF”:

restrict earth fault relay is inactive.

“ON”:

restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be
calculated referring to figure 3-81

“ON PRIMARY”:

restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be
calculated referring to figure 3-82

2121. - Limit value [xxxx]A
Limit setting of definite differential protection

:

2122. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2121]; use this event to activate an output.
2123. - Delay CT-saturation
:
If the differential current transformer is operating in saturation the protection function (ANSI
87 N) will be blocked. After returning to the normal CT range, this delay time has to expire
to activate the protection function again.
2124. - Inrush blocking
:
The delay time of parameter [2122] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI
95i settings are detected.

- 180/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

NOTE: The transformer winding ratio and transformer CT current on the secondary side will be
taken from ANSI 87 parameters [2104] and [2105].
Restricted earth fault for Transformer application
Parameter [2120] = “ON”

CT – connection

X1
1
I
2 1

P1
P2

CTPrim

3
I
4 2

P1
P2

5
I3
6

P1
P2

13
IG1
14

Calculation for the
fault current:
I87N= ID1+ID2+ID3 – IG2

X1

P1
P2

CTSec

7
8

ID1

9
10 ID2

P1
P2
P1

11

P2

12

P1

15

P2

16

ID3

IG2

N L1 L2 L3
X1 = Type 5 CMA199-4/14
Figure 3-81

®

SYMAP

Restricted earth fault for Transformer application

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 181/208 -

Service Manual

Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application
Parameter [2120] = “ON PRIMARY”

CT - Connection
X1
P1

CTPrim

P2

P1
P2

P1
P2

1 I
2 1
3 I
4 2
5
I3
6
Calculation for the fault
current:
I87N= I1+I2+I3 – IG1

CTgnd

P1
P2

Figure 3-82

- 182/208 -

13

IG
14 1

Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.33 ANSI 94 – Supervision relay
Setting range:

ANSI 94 Supervision relay
2220.
2221.
2222.
2223.
2224.
2225.
2226.
2227.
2228.
2229.
2230.

OFF/CB ON/ON
0.0-100.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
OFF/CB OFF/ON
0.0-100.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
OFF/ON
0.0-200.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec
0.0-200.0 %
0.1-999.9 sec

Shunt#1 circuit superv.: OFF
– Undervoltage limit : 80.0 %
– Delay time(definite): 10.0 sec
Shunt#2 circuit superv.: OFF
– Undervoltage limit :
80.0 %
– Delay time(definite):
10.0 sec
Aux. power supervision:
ON
– Overvoltage limit
: 120.0 %
– Delay time(definite):
10.0 sec
– Undervoltage limit :
80.0 %
– Delay time(definite):
10.0 sec
BACK

Figure 3-83

EXIT

ANSI 94

Parameter description:
2220. Shunt #1 circuit superv.

:

“OFF”:

the supervision is inactive.

“CB ON”:

the supervision is active if the CB is closed and the Shunt#1 is inactive (the
coil is open).

“ON”:

the supervision is active if the Shunt#1 is inactive (the coil is open).

2221.

- Undervoltage limit
:
Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #1
circuit

2222.

- Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2222]; use this event to activate an output.

2223. Shunt#2 circuit superv.

:

“OFF”:

“CB OFF”: the supervision is active if the CB is open and the Shunt#2 is inactive (the
coil is open).

“ON”:

the supervision is inactive.

the supervision is active if the Shunt#2 is inactive (the coil is open).

2224. - Undervoltage limit
:
Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #2
circuit
2225. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2226]; use this event to activate an output.
2226. Aux. power supervision
Enable switch.

:

2227. - Overvoltage limit
:
Setting of the overvoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the aux. power circuit.
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 183/208 -

Service Manual

2228. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2230]; use this event to activate an output.
2229. - Undervoltage limit
:
Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux.voltage of the aux. power circuit.
2230. - Delay time (definite)
:
Time delay of event [2232]. Use this event to activate an output.
Figures 3-84 and 3-85 show the DC application for breaker coil supervision.
+
Binary output
®
of SYMAP

Free-wheeling diode

For DC use of contacts from
®
SYMAP , the relay coils must have
a free-wheeling diode in parallel.
Figure 3-84

- 184/208 -

®

DC application – Working principle to connect the SYMAP to DC breaker coils

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual
+

Control voltage: 24 – 250 V DC
Shunt 1:
Terminals 18 and 19 for “Trip”

18
19

Resistor:
R = 15 x ROFF coil

®

SYMAP

20

Resistor:
R = 15 x RON coil

21

OFF

ON

-

Free-wheeling diodes
Figure 3-85

®

DC-application – Connection of SYMAP for DC breaker coil supervision

Figures 3-86 show the AC application for breaker coil supervision.
~

Control voltage: 24 – 250 V AC
Shunt 1:
Terminals 18 and 19 for “Trip”

18
19

Resistor:
R = 15 x ROFF coil

®

SYMAP

20

Resistor:
R = 15 x RON coil

21

OFF

ON

~
Figure 3-86
®

SYMAP

®

AC-Application – Connection of SYMAP for AC breaker coil supervision
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 185/208 -

Service Manual

Figures 3-87 and 3-88 show the logical diagrams for shunt trip supervision and auxiliary power
(control voltage) supervision.

ANSI 94-1
Shunt Trip #1
off
on

„1“

E 2220

94-1 active

P 2221 Nom. Aux. Voltage
P 2222 94-1 Pickup

E 2222 Limit reached

CB closed

U<

&

94-1 Delay

P 2223
0
|

T
|

E 2223

94-1 Trip

ANSI 94-2
Shunt Trip #2
off
on

„1“

E 2224

94-2 active

P 2225 Nom. Aux. Voltage
P 2226 94-2 Pickup

E 2226 Limit reached

CB open

U<

Figure 3-87

&

94-2 Delay

P 2227
0
|

T
|

E 2227

94-4 Trip

Logic diagram for the shunt trip supervision

ANSI 94-3
Aux. Power
off
on

„1“
P 2229

E 2228

94-3 active

Uaux nominal input
P 2230 94-3 Overvoltage Pickup

E 2230 Limit reached

&

U>

P 2232 94-3 Undervoltage Pickup

U<

Figure 3-88

- 186/208 -

0
|

E 2232 Limit reached

&

P 2231 94-3 U> Delay
T
|

E 2231 94-3 U> Trip

P 2233 94-3 U< Delay
0
|

T
|

E 2233 94-3 U< Trip

Logic diagram for the aux. power supervision

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.34 ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay
When the SYMAP® is installed to protect a power transformer, large magnetizing inrush currents
will flow when the transformer is energized. These inrush currents may be several times the
nominal transformer current and depending on the transformer size and design, may last from
several milliseconds to several seconds.
Although pickup of the relay elements is based only on the fundamental harmonic component of
the measured currents, false device pickup due to inrush is still a potential problem since,
depending on the transformer size and design, the fundamental harmonic comprises a large
component of the inrush current.
The SYMAP® features an integrated inrush restraint function that may be utilized when the device
is installed at or near a transformer. It supervises the “normal” tripping of all directional and nondirectional overcurrent relay elements with the exception of the ANSI 67 and ANSI 67GS/GD relay
elements. For example, when a transformer is energized the current levels may exceed the normal
pickup of the overcurrent elements set in the device. If inrush conditions are identified (the 2nd
harmonic content of current exceeds the value of setting at parameter [2302]) special inrush
messages are created within the device that will block tripping of the overcurrent elements.
Note that only the tripping elements are affected by harmonic inrush detection, the pickup values
and corresponding timers continue to operate normally. Inrush current contains a relatively large
second harmonic component which is nearly absent during a short-circuit fault. Inrush current
detection, therefore, is based on the evaluation of the second harmonic component present during
inrush conditions. For frequency analysis, digital filters are used to conduct a Fourier analysis of all
three phase currents and the ground current. As soon as the second harmonic component of the
current flowing in a specific phase or ground relay element exceeds a set value, tripping is blocked
for that element (does not apply ANSI 67, and ANSI 67GS/GD elements). Since quantitative
analysis of the harmonic components of the current flowing through a specific relay element cannot
be completed until a full cycle of inrush current has been measured, inrush restraint blocking and
the associated inrush detection message is automatically delayed by one cycle. However, it is
important to note that the tripping time delays associated with the relay elements are started
immediately after pickup of the relay element, even if the inrush conditions are detected. If inrush
blocking drops out during the time delay tripping will occur when the time delay of the element
elapses. If inrush blocking drops out after the time delay has elapsed tripping will occur
immediately. Therefore, utilization of the inrush restraint feature will not result in any additional
tripping delays. If a relay element drops out during inrush blocking the associated time delay will
reset.
Setting range:

ANSI 95i Inrush blocking relay
2300. Inrush blocking relay
2301.- limit of DC-portion
2302.– 2. harmonic content
2303.– Te extension time
2304.– Tmax blocking time
2305.– Imax blocking inrush

BACK
Figure 3-89
®

SYMAP

:
:
:
:
:
:

OFF
10.0
20
100
0.20
1600

%
%
ms
sec
%

ON/OFF
1.0-99.9
1-99
30-9999
0.03-99.99
1-2999

%
%
ms
sec
%

EXIT

ANSI 95 i
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 187/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description:
2300. Inrush blocking relay
:
If the inrush blocking relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
2301. - limit of DC-portion
:
Limit setting of DC-portion of the measured current value
2302. - 2. harmonic content
:
Limit setting of 2nd. harmonic content of the measured current value
2303. - Te extension time
Measuring interval for inrush check

:

2304. - Tmax blocking time
Maximum inrush blocking time

:

2305. - Imax blocking inrush
:
If the measured current exceeds this limit the inrush blocking function will be switched off.

- 188/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.35 ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages)
There are three independent fuse failure relays for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 voltage
measure inputs available. The fuse failure protection monitors the displacement voltage Uo and
the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. For every relay three independent limits are available. The
user can define own combinations of these three limits. Limits which are not used should be set to
zero. The delay will only start to run if all enabled limits are reached.
NOTE: The Fuse failure relays should not be used for ungrounded systems.
FF Fuse failure (voltages)

Setting range:

2310. GENERATOR fuse failure : ON
2311.
– Uo limit
: 22.5
2312.
– low voltage limit :
8.3
2313.
– high voltage limit: 95.6
2314.
- delay (definite) :
3.0
2320. BUS 1 fuse failure
: OFF
2321.
– Uo limit
: 30.0
2322.
– low voltage limit : 12.0
2323.
– high voltage limit: 97.0
2324.
- delay (definite) :
8.0
2330. BUS 2 fuse failure
: OFF
2331.
– Uo limit
: 35.0
2332.
– low voltage limit : 20.0
2333.
– high voltage limit: 98.0
2334.
- delay (definite) :
7.5
BACK
Figure 3-90

ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
ON/OFF
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9

%
%
%
sec
%
%
%
sec
%
%
%
sec

%
%
%
sec
%
%
%
sec
%
%
%
sec

EXIT

ANSI FF

Parameter description:
The parameters for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so
in the following only the generator parameters are described.
2310. GENERATOR fuse failure
The enable switch for this Fuse failure relay
2311.

:

- Uo limit
:
This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The displacement voltage is
calculated from the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. The percentage is calculated from
parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2311] (22.5%) * P [0201] (400V) / √3 = 51.9 V
Event [2311] is activated if the displacement voltage reaches this limit and all other enabled
limits are reached.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 189/208 -

Service Manual

2312.

- low voltage limit
:
This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated
from parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2312](8.3%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 19.1 V
Event [2312] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit
and all other enabled limits are reached.

2313. - high voltage limit
:
This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated
from parameter P[0201].
Example:
P [2313](95.6%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 220.7 V
Event [2313] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit
and all other enabled limits are reached.
2314.

- delay (definite)
:
Use this event to activate a binary output and an alarm.
This event is active if a combination of the three limits is logically true and the delay is
passed. The enabled limits are logically AND associated. In the table 3-3 all seven possible
combinations of enabled limits are listed:
Table 3-3

Combinations of enabled limits

Uo limit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

- 190/208 -

Low limit

High limit

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.36 Auxiliary limits
With these 8 auxiliary limits the user can define further events for his own applications. The time
delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices. All these limits will be
checked two times per second, so they have an accuracy of 500 ms.
AUXILIARY LIMITS

Setting range:

2340. CURRENT(avg) -1. limit : OFF
2341.
- limit:
0.0
2342.
- delay:
0.0
2343.
- 2. limit: OFF
2344.
- limit:
0.0
2345.
- delay:
0.0
2346. VOLTAGE(avg) - 1. limit: OFF
2347.
- limit:
0.0
2348.
- delay:
0.0
2349.
- 2. limit: OFF
2350.
- limit:
0.0
2351.
- delay:
0.0

%
sec
%
sec

%
sec

EXIT

BACK
Figure 3-91

OFF/LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec

%
sec

Auxiliary limits-1

Setting range:

AUXILIARY LIMITS
2352. POWER(sum)
2353.
2354.
2355.
2356.
2357.
2358. FREQUENCY
2359.
2360.
2361.
2362.
2363.

- 1.
- 2.
- 1.
- 2.
-

limit:
limit:
delay:
limit:
limit:
delay:
limit:
limit:
delay:
limit:
limit:
delay:

OFF
0.0
0.0
OFF
0.0
0.0
OFF
0.0
0.0
OFF
0.0
0.0

BACK
Figure 3-92

OFF/LOW/HIGH/REV-H/CAP-H/IND-H
0.0 … 999.9 %
0.0 … 999.9 sec
OFF|LOW|HIGH|REV-H|CAP-H|IND-H
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/ LOW/HIGH
0.0-999.9 %
0.0-999.9 sec
OFF/LOW/HIGH
0.0/999.9 %
0.0/999.9 sec

%
sec
%
sec
%
sec
%
sec

EXIT

Auxiliary limits-2

Parameter description:
2340. CURRENT (avg)
- 1. limit
The enable switch for this auxiliary limit:

“OFF”: This limit is disabled.

“LOW”: The limit is reached if the actual value falls below the limit of parameter
[2341]

“HIGH”: The limit is reached if the actual value is higher than the limit of parameter
[2341]

®

SYMAP

:

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 191/208 -

Service Manual

2341.

- limit
:
The percentage is calculated from parameter [0200]. Event [2341] is activated if the
average current reaches this limit.

2342.

- delay
:
This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.

2343.

- 2. limit

:

- delay

:

to
2345.
See the 1. Current limit
2346. VOLTAGE (avg)
- 1. limit
:
to
2351.
- delay
:
The voltage limits are identical as the current limits with the exception that the percentage is
calculated from parameter [0201].
2352. POWER (sum)
- 1. limit
The enable switch for this auxiliary limit:

:

“OFF”:

This limit is disabled.

“LOW”:

The limit is reached if the active power falls below the limit of parameter
[2353].

“HIGH”:

The limit is reached if the active power is higher than the limit of parameter
[2353].

“REV-H”: The limit is reached if the reverse power is higher than the limit of parameter
[2353].

“CAP-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive cap. power is higher than the limit of
parameter [2353].

“IND-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive ind. power is higher than the limit of
parameter [2353].

2353.

- limit
:
The percentage is calculated from parameter [0202]. Event [2353] is activated if the actual
value reaches this limit.

2354.

- delay
:
This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.

2355.

- 2. limit

:

- delay

:

to
2357.
See the 1. Power limit
2358. FREQUENCY - 1. limit
:
to
2363.
- delay
:
The frequency limits are identical as the current or voltage limits with the exception that the
percentage is calculated from parameter [0203].

- 192/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.37 ANSI CW Contact wear measurement
The Contact wear measurement can be used to get a statistic supervision of the wear of the
contacts (due to switching operations) of a circuit breaker.
Contact wear measurement
1930.Contact wear measurement:
1931. -sum of sw. current L1 :
1932. -sum of sw. current L2 :
1933. -sum of sw. current L3 :
1934. -sum of contact wear L1:
1935. -sum of contact wear L2:
1936. -sum of contact wear L3:
1937. -switching cycles
:
1938. -max switching cycles :
1939. -sw. current 1.limit
:
1940. -sw. current 2.limit
:
1941. -sw. current 3.limit
:

ON
730
749
787
16.42
17.38
15.29
835
7500
7500
7800
8000

BACK
Figure 3-93

Setting range:
kA
kA
kA
%
%
%

kA
kA
kA

EXIT

-sw. current 4.limit
:
-contact wear 1.limit :
-contact wear 2.limit :
-contact wear 3.limit :
-contact wear 4.limit :
-switch cycles 1.limit :
-switch cycles 2.limit :
-switch cycles 3.limit :
-switch cycles 4.limit :
- min.switching current:
- max. CO cycles
:
-1.switching current
:
BACK

Figure 3-94

®

SYMAP

kA
kA
kA
%
%
%

kA
kA
kA

Contact wear measurement-1

Contact wear measurement
1942.
1943.
1944.
1945.
1946.
1947.
1948.
1949.
1950.
1951.
1952.
1953.

OFF/ON
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0.00-650.0
0.00-650.00
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500

8300
85.50
87.60
94.35
97.65
7000
7200
7400
7480
1.00
10000
2.00

kA
%
%
%
%

kA
kA

EXIT

Setting range:
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0.00-650.00
0.00-650.00
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00

kA
%
%
%
%

kA
kA

Contact wear measurement-2

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 193/208 -

Service Manual

Contact wear measurement
1954.
1955.
1956.
1957.
1958.
1959.
1960.
1961.
1962.
1963.
1964.
1965.

-1.max. CO cycles
-2.switching current
-2.max. CO cycles
-3.switching current
-3.max. CO cycles
-4.switching current
-4.max. CO cycles
-5.switching current
-5.max. CO cycles
-6.switching current
-6.max. CO cycles
-7.switching current

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

4500
3.00
3000
4.00
2300
5.00
1800
6.00
1450
7.00
1200
8.00

BACK
Figure 3-95


kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA

EXIT

-7.max. CO cycles
-8.switching current
-8.max. CO cycles
-9.switching current
-9.max. CO cycles
-10.switching current
-10.max. CO cycles
-11.switching current
-11.max. CO cycles
-12.switching current
-12.max. CO cycles
-13.switching current

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

1000
9.00
850
10.00
740
12.00
600
14.00
490
16.00
400
18.00

BACK
Figure 3-96


kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA

EXIT

1978. -13.max. CO cycles
:
1979. -14.switching current :
1980. -14.max. CO cycles
:
1981. -15.switching current :
1982. -15.max. CO cycles
:
1983. -16.switching current :
1984. -16.max. CO cycles
:
1985. -Timeout counter CB op.:
1986.Temp/current supervision:
1987. - record cycle time
:
1988. - current average time :
BACK

- 194/208 -

kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA

Setting range:
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00

kA
kA
kA
kA
kA
kA

Contact wear measurement-4

Contact wear measurement

Figure 3-97

0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00

Contact wear measurement-3

Contact wear measurement
1966.
1967.
1968.
1969.
1970.
1971.
1972.
1973.
1974.
1975.
1976.
1977.

Setting range:

330
20.00
270
22.00
230
24.00
190
800
OFF
0
0


kA
kA
kA
ms
min
min

Setting range:
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0.00-650.00
0-65500
0-65500
OFF/ON
0-60000
0-1440

kA
kA
kA
ms
min
min

EXIT

Contact wear measurement-5

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Parameter description:
1930. Contact wear measurement
The enable switch for this function

:

On every switching cycle (OFF->ON) of the circuit breaker, the actual phase currents are
measured and the contact wear for every phase is calculated (according to a curve, which can be
defined with 16 points). The values for the currents, the contact wear and the cycles are then
integrated (summed) on the corresponding integrators (parameters [1931] to [1937]).
With the following parameters [1931] to [1937] initial values can be set. This can be usefull if the
switching equipment was already in use before this measurement is installed. Furthermore these
parameters are counting the related values during every switching process.
1931. - sum of sw. current L1
:
to
1933. - sum of sw. current L3
:
With these parameters initial values for the sum of the switching current for the three
phases (L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the currents during
every switching process.
1934. - sum of contact wear L1
:
to
1936. - sum of contact wear L3
:
With these parameters initial values for the sum of the contact wear for the three phases
(L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the contact wear during
every switching process.
1937. - switching cycles
:
With this parameter an initial value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set.
Furthermore this parameter counts the cycle during every switching process.
1938. - max switching cycles
:
With this parameter a max. value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set.
With the parameters [1939] to [1950] supervision limits can be set. If a limit is reached the
corresponding event (event number = parameter number) will be activated. The events can be
used to trigger an alarm or binary output. A limit can be disabled by setting the value to zero.
1939. - sw. current 1.limit
:
to
1942. - sw. current 4.limit
:
There are four limits available for the sum of the switching currents. A limit is active if one of
the sum (parameters [1931] to [1933]) reaches the limit value.
NOTE: The values in the ∑I kA column in the Contact wear page will show “---” if
parameters [1939] to [1942] are all set to zero.
1943.- contact wear 1.limit
:
to
1946. - contact wear 4.limit
:
There are four limits available for the sum of the contact wear. A limit is active if one of the
sum (parameters [1934] to [1936]) reaches the limit value.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 195/208 -

Service Manual

1947. - switch cycles 1.limit
:
to
1950. - switch cycles 4.limit
:
There are four limits available for the sum of the switching cycles. A limit is active if the sum
(parameter [1937]) reaches the limit value.
With the parameters [1951] to [1984] a curve for the calculation of the contact wear can be defined.
During a switching cycle the contact wear of the circuit breaker will be calculated according to this
curve. The curve is defined with one min. point and 16 points. Every point consists of one current
value and the related max. Closed-Open (CO) cycle for the current at this point. The contact wear
is taken as the reciprocal value in percent of the max. CO cycles for that current.
1951. - min.switching current
:
1952.- max. CO cycles
:
If the actual current is below this point the max. CO cycles remains the same. These two
parameters are mandatory and must be set.
1953. -1.switching current
:
1954.-1.max. CO cycles
:
to
1983. -16.switching current
:
1984.-16.max. CO cycles
:
If the current is between two points the related max. CO cycles will be linearly interpolated.
The points can be set in any order (the curve will sorted internally).
A point will be only taken if at least one of the two values is greater zero. It is not mandatory
to set all the 16 points. If the actual current is greater than the last point than the related
max. CO cycles will be calculated continuously linear with a constant slope.
1985. -Timeout counter CB op.
:
This parameter defines the timeout value for the current measurement from the moment the
actual current is decreasing until the moment the circuit breaker opens.
1986.Temp/current supervision
:
1987. - record cycle time
:
1988. - current average time
:
Detects the max. temperatures measured via the analogue inputs 1-3 over a given record
cycle time. The record cycle time can be set with parameter [1987]. The max. temperatures
are stored together with the corresponding feeder average phase currents L1-L3. The
current average time (0...1440 min (max. 24 h)) can be set with parameter [1988]. After
each record cycle time the max. temperatures and the average currents of the last cycle
are stored in the detailed protection history, and a new cycle will start. The average
currents are stored in the current phase fields, and the max. temperatures are stored in the
voltage phase fields of the detailed protection history.
Events:
1986 TCS active: will be set constantly if parameter [1986] = ON.
1987 TCS cycle : will be set for 1sec after each cycle time.
1989. - CB trip signal
:
In case that a circuit breaker OFF signal is available, this signal can be assigned to an binary
input of SYMAP. This parameter defines the binary input which is connected to the breaker
ON signal. In case of breaker trip signal is recognized the actual current and voltage
values(RMS) will be stored at that time in a separate memory. These values will be used for
the contact wear measurement.

- 196/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.38 ANSI FL Fault Locator
The Fault Locator calculates the distance tot he fault location after any overcurrent protection trip.
The calculation is initiatedeach time that the circuit breaker is switched of by any of the protective
functions ANSI 50, 50G, 51, 51G, und 67. Immediately prior to the protection trip all relevant
current and voltage values are saved. The fault location will be represented in the detailed
protection history subsequently to the evaluation of the measuring values.
FL FAULT LOCATOR
2390. Fault Locator
:
2391.-spec.line ind.X [mO/km]:
2392.-spec.line res.R [mO/km]:
2393.-gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km]:
2394.-gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km]:

ZURÜCK
Figure 3-98

Setting range:
OFF
450
350
650
550

OFF/ON
0- 9999
0- 9999
0- 9999
0- 9999

mOhm/km
mOhm/km
mOhm/km
mOhm/km

ENDE

ANSI FL Fault Locator

Parameter description:
2390. Fault Locator
:
If the Fault Locator should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.
2391.-spec.line ind.X [mO/km]
:
This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance
X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l;
[mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-tophase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the
conductor).
2392.-spec.line res.R [mO/km]
:
This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R'
per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a
phase-to-phase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets
of the conductor).
2391.-gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km]
:
This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance
X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l;
[mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-toground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the
conductor).
2391.-gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km]
:
This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R'
per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 197/208 -

Service Manual

phase-to-ground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets
of the conductor).

- 198/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

4 Alarm controller settings
The alarm controller has 79 independent free programmable alarm channels.
ALARM CHANNEL EVENT – Select:
- 1.line:
2.line:

LED CONTROL
- ALARM : X
- TRIP
:
- red
: X
- amber :
- green
:

Max. 17 characters
Max. 17 characters

06.ANSI 50-1
- Inst.1.Overcur
- mode
: UNLATCHED
- trigger :
1402
- block by:
508
- delay
0.7sec
- 1. group:
87
- 2. group:
none
- priority:
2
- option :
none
- beeper :
OFF

RELAY
Figure 4-1

Setting range: 1-79

0006

OFF,LATCHED,UNLATCHED,NO ACK

0-9999
0-9999
0.0-999.9 sec
none, 80-99
none, 80-99
none,1-12
none/MODEM/PRINTER/MODM+PRNT

OFF/ON

EXIT
Alarm parameter mask

SYSTEM

Parameter description:
ALARM CHANNEL EVENT - Select
:
Selects an alarm channel for editing; up to 79 alarm channels can be used.
1. and 2. line
:
This free programmable alarm text will appear on the alarm page if the alarm is active.
- mode
The following alarm modes are available:

:

“OFF”:

The alarm channel is disabled.

“LATCHED”:

The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the alarm disappears
and the ACK-key is pressed.

“UNLATCHED”: The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is
active.

“NO ACK”:

The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is
active. The alarm text in the LCD (also the beeper) disappears
without ACK if the trigger event is not longer active.

- trigger
:
The alarm channel will be activated by this event.
- block by
:
The alarm channel is blocked if this event is active.
- delay
:
The alarm channel can be delayed with this time.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 199/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 4-2 shows the context of the trigger event, the block event, the delay and the ACK:
trigger

delay

event

SR

&

block event

S
R

ACK

Figure 4-2

Q

alarm active

Alarm channel logic

- 1. and 2. Group
:
Each alarm channel can be assigned to one or two alarm groups. If one of the alarms
belonging to this group is active the corresponding group event will also be activated. A
maximum of twenty alarm groups (80-99) can be created.
- priority
NOTE:

:

Only for SYMAP® devices equipped with power management!

Through the priority settings, useful attributes can be set to the corresponding alarm
channels. Additional operations such as “change to manual mode,” “start the next diesel” or
“stop own aggregate” will activated after the alarm appears. Table 4-1 shows all alarm
priorities and the corresponding operations that are activated after appearance of the alarm.
Table 4-1 Alarm controller
Alarm priority

Operation after the alarm appears
Change to manual mode
Start next stand-by engine
Immediately Stop
Normal Stop
Immediately Stop after started engine tries to
synchronize
Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed
Only open Breaker* after started engine tries to
synchronize
Only open Breaker*
with load reduction after next C.B. is closed
Set the start valve max trials parameter [0632] to
10 and the cooling down time parameter [0656] to
600.0 sec
Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed,
but without parameter [0651] (ALARM DELAY –
max time)
Normal Stop
without load reduction after started engine tries to
synchronize

1
X
X
X

2
X
X

3
X

4
X

5
X
X

6
X
X

7

8
X
X

9
X
X

10

11
X

12
X

13
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X

* means Shunt #1 output

- option

:

“NONE”:

No action when the alarm appears

“MODEM”:

The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem (if available).

“PRINTER”:

The alarm will be sent automatically to a printer over Serial port 2.

“MODEM+PRINT”: The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem and to a
printer.

- 200/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- beeper

:

“OFF”: No sound when the alarm appears

“ON”:

When the alarm appears the beeper will be active until the ACK-key is
pressed.

NOTE: There is a special beeper event [2918] which can be used to drive external signal
devices over a binary output.
LED CONTROL
The LED control box defines the action of the alarm LEDs if the alarm occurs:
.

“ALARM”:

The main alarm LED will be activated.

“TRIP”:

The trip LED will be activated.

“red, amber, green”: (“green”: only SYMAP® BC/BCG): The multi-colored LEDs left of
the LCD screen (where the alarm text is shown) will be activated.
If more than one color is marked the LED will blink alternately in
these colors.

Figure 4-3 shows the context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel.
Alarm trigger event
Alarm channel event

UNLATCHED

Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowledgement
Alarm trigger event
Alarm channel event

LATCHED

Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowledgement
Alarm trigger event
Alarm channel event

LATCHED

Alarm output
Beeper
Acknowledgement

Figure 4-3 Context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel

The “alarm trigger event” is the event number which activates the alarm channel. The “alarm
channel event” will be active as long as the alarm is acknowledged. If the “alarm channel event ” is
linked to a binary output this output will be activated in accordance to the “latched/unlatched”
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 201/208 -

Service Manual

condition set within the alarm channel settings. The “beeper” will be activated by the “alarm trigger
event” and reset after alarm acknowledgement.
NOTE: There is a special event [2936], which becomes active if a new alarm occurs. After that
this event can be reset with ACK.

- 202/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

5 Special parameters
This parameter group comprises some special parameters which are only accessible through the
PC – Parameter Tool (Button: EXTRAS > Special parameter).
Table 5-1
No.

Special parameters
Name

[0074]
[0075]
[0090]
[0091]
[0092]
[0055]
[0084]
[0054]
[0057]
[0078]
[0088]

DISPLAY FILTER
Deadband filter
Frequency filter
FILTER -RPM nominal/dt
- analog inputs
- PT 100
BINARY INPUTS
Wirefault limit
Oscillation limit
COMMUNICATION
SERIAL PORT1 -Stopbits
MODBUS FC3 Byte count
LOCAL/REMOTE MODE
Select breaker mode
Change to TEST mode

Default

Unit

Range

2.5
20000
10.0
10.0
60.0

%
mHz/sec
sec
sec
sec

20
150

LSB
n/sec

1
1

-

1-2
1-2

Loc/Rem
MANUAL

-

none…Test…Loc/Rem
MANUAL…AUTOM.

forward
none
0.0

-

forward…reverse
none…CMA218
0.0-6553.5

100.0
100.0
100.0

%
%
%

0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9

0.0-20.0
0-65535
0.0-999.9
0.0-999.9
0.0-6553.5
0-255
0-65535

SPECIAL PARAMETER
[0060]
[0082]
[0058]
[0032]
[0033]
[0034]

Current direction(gen.)
Select extension board
Analog inp.4-add. low limit
CALIBRATION PARAMETER
Uaux CAL. -X3/ 1, 2
Shunt1 CAL.-X2.1/18,19
Shunt2 CAL.-X2.1/20,21

Parameter description:
0074. Deadband filter
:
This parameter is valid for all measure data which are outputted over the LCD, the
analogous outputs and which are transferred through all communication ports. If any value
falls below the setted deadband limit the value will be reset to zero.
Furthermore, if the changing of any value is below the deadband limit the average builder
(parameter [0111], see chapter 2.2) will plane the value.
0075. Frequency filter
:
This parameter filters the Gen., BUS1 and 2 frequencies. Only frequency changes below
the set value (in mHz/sec) are accepted by the measuring system.
0090. FILTER -RPM nominal/dt
NOTE:

:

This parameter is only valid for SYMAP® XG/BCG (power management)!

With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the diesel speed.
0091. FILTER - analog inputs
:
With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the analog inputs values,
except the PT 100 inputs (see chapter 2.5).
0092. FILTER - PT 100
:
With this parameter the measuring system linearly integrates the PT100 inputs (see chapter
2.5.1). The integration time can be set with parameter [0092] (360°C jump in ? sec). The
integrator will be initialised with the actual value at “Power ON” or with the F2-key on the
analog inputs page (the key appears if parameter [0092] > 3.0 sec).
®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 203/208 -

Service Manual

0055. Wirefault limit
:
If the measured LSB value of a binary input falls below this limit wirefault is detected (see
chapter 2.6).
0084. Oscillation limit
:
If the changing of a binary input per seconds exceeds this limit system fail [3012] will be
activated (see Appendix A2). The supervision can be disabled by setting this parameter to
zero.
0054. SERIAL PORT 1 – stopbits
:
With this parameter the number of stopbits (1 or 2) in the transferred bytes through serial
port 1 can be adjust (see chapter 2.4).
0057. MODBUS FC3 Byte count
:
With this parameter the number of bytes (1 or 2) of the byte count field in function code 3 of
the MODBUS protocol can be adjust (see Appendix A1).
0078. Select breaker mode
:
With this parameter the operating (breaker) modes for the device can be selected (see
chapter 2.5 in the Users manual). The following modes are available:

“none”:

“Loc/Rem”: The valid modes are “Local” and “Remote”.

“Test”:

no modes selected; this can be used for SYMAP® XG/BCG, because for
Power management usually only the AUTO/MANU. modes are used.

The valid modes are “Local”, “Remote”, “Test Local” and “Test Remote”.

0088. Change to TEST mode
:
If this parameter is setted to AUTOM. and parameter [0078] to “Test” the device will switch
automatically to the test mode (“Test Local” or “Test Remote”) if one breaker changes the
position from IN->OUT (see chapter 2.5 in the User′s manual).
0060. Current direction (gen.)
:
This parameter defines the direction of the generator current.
0082. Select extension board
:
This parameter enables the software for various extension boards.
0058. Analog input 4 - additional low limit
:
With this parameter the user has the possibility to set an additional low limit for analog input
4 (see chapter 2.5). The limit is disabled if the setted value equals zero. If the value
reaches this low limit, event [2935] will be set.
0032. Uaux CAL.
:
This parameter calibrates the Uaux measure input (see chapter 3.32).
0033. Shunt #1 CAL.
:
This parameter calibrates the Shunt #1 measure input (see chapter 3.32).
0034. Shunt #2 CAL.
:
This parameter calibrates the Shunt #2 measure input (see chapter 3.32).

- 204/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

6

Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting

The devices of SYMAP® product line were designed numerically. All functions base on tested
hardware and software.
Maintenance
All SYMAP® devices are maintenance-free. However, there are some certain, life-limited
components, which causes replacement according to the given replacement cycles listed in the
table below. Following components are to be considered:

Akku, Type ML2430; for storage of data in the RAM memory. The buffering time of a fully
charged accumulator (stand-by operation) is about 50 days. Manufacturer’s warranted life
time of the accumulator is about 10 years.

Battery, Type CR2032, for maintenance of counting date and time. The buffering time of a
fully charged battery is about 50 days.

Table 6-1

Life-limited components

Component

Type

Function

Failure consequences

Akku

ML2430,
soldering
tag

Storage of data in the
RAM memory

Battery

CR2032,
soldering
tag

Maintenance of
counting date and time
after disconnecting
®
SYMAP power supply

Loss of data after
complete discharge of
the akkumulator
Reset of date and time
to default values after
complete discharge of
the battery

Replacement
cycle

Replacement

ca.every
10 years

Stucke
Elektronik
GmbH

ca.every
10 years

Stucke
Elektronik
GmbH

Servicing
All SYMAP® devices provide extensive self supervision functions for signalling different internal
faults. Replacement of the life-limited components (see table above) may be undertaken only
under ESD-conform conditions at the device manufacturer’s facility.
Retesting
A repeating secondary test is mainly to check the function of the hardware including the wiring on a
regular basis. Moreover, any non-documented changes of parameter settings can be detected.
Retesting intervalls are to be allocated by the user. All repeated tests for functionality checks as
simplified functionality tests and secondary protection tests as complete check of the protection
system fall in the scope of the regulation, which apply to valid standards for the plant area requiring
the use of SYMAP® devices.

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 205/208 -

Service Manual

- 206/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

®

SYMAP

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 207/208 -

Service Manual

Stucke Elektronik GmbH ● Merkurring 26 ● 22143 Hamburg ● Germany
http://www.stuckegmbh.de
SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 208/208 -

®

SYMAP